huong dan khac phuc su co - blade center hs22

248
BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936 Problem Determination and Service Guide

Upload: quangthanhmlb

Post on 24-Oct-2014

58 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

BladeCenter HS22Type 7870 and 1936

Problem Determination and Service Guide

���

Page 2: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22
Page 3: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

BladeCenter HS22Type 7870 and 1936

Problem Determination and Service Guide

���

Page 4: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information in“Notices” on page 223 and the IBM Safety Information, IBM Systems Environmental Notices and UserGuide, IBM Warranty and Support Information documents on the IBM Documentation CD.

Seventh Edition (March 2010)

© Copyright IBM Corporation 2010.US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contractwith IBM Corp.

Page 5: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Contents

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vGuidelines for trained service technicians . . . . vi

Inspecting for unsafe conditions . . . . . . viGuidelines for servicing electrical equipment . . vii

Safety statements . . . . . . . . . . . . viii

Chapter 1. Start here . . . . . . . . . 1Diagnosing a problem . . . . . . . . . . . 1Undocumented problems . . . . . . . . . . 5

Chapter 2. Introduction . . . . . . . . 7Related documentation . . . . . . . . . . . 8Notices and statements in this document . . . . . 8Features and specifications. . . . . . . . . . 9Blade server controls and LEDs. . . . . . . . 11Turning on the blade server . . . . . . . . . 14Turning off the blade server . . . . . . . . . 14System-board layouts . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Blade server connectors . . . . . . . . . 15System-board switches. . . . . . . . . . 16System-board LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . 18

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 19Using the Setup utility. . . . . . . . . . . 19

Setup utility menu . . . . . . . . . . . 20Using passwords . . . . . . . . . . . 23Using the Boot Menu program . . . . . . . 23Updating the Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) 23Updating the DMI/SMBIOS data . . . . . . 26

Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD . 29ServerGuide features . . . . . . . . . . 30Setup and configuration overview . . . . . . 30Installing the operating system . . . . . . . 31

Using the PXE boot agent utility program . . . . 32Firmware updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Configuring UEFI compatible devices . . . . . 33Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controller. . . . 33Configuring a RAID array . . . . . . . . . 34Using the LSI Logic Configuration Utility program 34Using LAN over USB to interface the IMM . . . . 35

Potential conflicts with the LAN over USBinterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Resolving conflicts with the IMM LAN over USBinterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Configuring the LAN over USB interfacemanually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Chapter 4. Parts listing, Type 7870 and1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Chapter 5. Removing and replacingblade server components. . . . . . . 45Installation guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . 45

System reliability guidelines . . . . . . . . 46

Handling static-sensitive devices . . . . . . 46Returning a device or component . . . . . . 47

Removing the blade server from the BladeCenterunit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Installing the blade server in a BladeCenter unit . . 49Removing and replacing Tier 1 customer replaceableunits (CRUs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Removing the blade server cover . . . . . . 51Closing the blade server cover . . . . . . . 52Removing an optional expansion unit . . . . 53Installing an optional expansion unit . . . . . 54Removing a blade handle. . . . . . . . . 55Installing a blade handle . . . . . . . . . 56Removing a hot-swap storage drive . . . . . 57Installing a hot-swap storage drive . . . . . 58Removing a memory module . . . . . . . 59Installing a memory module. . . . . . . . 60Removing a USB Flash key . . . . . . . . 63Installing a USB Flash key . . . . . . . . 64Removing an I/O expansion card . . . . . . 65Installing an I/O expansion card . . . . . . 69

Removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUs. . . . . . 74Removing the bezel assembly . . . . . . . 74Installing the bezel assembly . . . . . . . 75Removing the control panel . . . . . . . . 76Installing the control panel . . . . . . . . 77

Removing and replacing field replaceable units . . 78Removing a microprocessor and heat sink . . . 78Installing a microprocessor and heat sink . . . 81Thermal grease . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Removing the system-board assembly . . . . 84Installing the system-board assembly . . . . . 85

Removing and replacing consumable parts . . . . 86Removing the battery . . . . . . . . . . 86Installing the battery . . . . . . . . . . 87

Chapter 6. Diagnostics . . . . . . . . 89Diagnostic tools overview . . . . . . . . . 89POST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91IMM error messages . . . . . . . . . . 93POST error codes . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Checkout procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 154About the checkout procedure. . . . . . . 154Performing the checkout procedure . . . . . 154

Troubleshooting tables . . . . . . . . . . 155General problems . . . . . . . . . . . 155Storage drive problems . . . . . . . . . 156Intermittent problems . . . . . . . . . 156Keyboard or mouse problems . . . . . . . 157Memory problems . . . . . . . . . . . 158Monitor or video problems . . . . . . . . 159Network connection problems . . . . . . . 160Optional-device problems . . . . . . . . 161Power error messages . . . . . . . . . 162

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 iii

Page 6: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Power problems . . . . . . . . . . . 165Removable-media drive problems . . . . . 168ServerGuide problems . . . . . . . . . 169Service processor problems . . . . . . . . 170Software problems. . . . . . . . . . . 170Universal Serial Bus (USB) port problems . . . 171

Light path diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 172Viewing the light path diagnostics LEDs . . . 172Light path diagnostics LEDs . . . . . . . 174

Dynamic system analysis diagnostic programs andmessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Running the diagnostic programs . . . . . 177Diagnostic text messages . . . . . . . . 178Viewing the test log . . . . . . . . . . 179Diagnostic messages . . . . . . . . . . 179

IMM self tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Broadcom Ethernet device tests . . . . . . . 192CPU stress tests . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Memory self tests . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Optical drive self tests . . . . . . . . . . 203Storage drive self tests . . . . . . . . . . 209Tape alert flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Recovering from a UEFI update failure . . . . . 210Service processor (IMM) error codes. . . . . . 212Solving SAS hard disk drive problems . . . . . 212Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems . . 212

Keyboard or mouse problems . . . . . . . 213Media tray problems . . . . . . . . . . 213Network connection problems . . . . . . . 215Power problems . . . . . . . . . . . 215Video problems. . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Solving undetermined problems . . . . . . . 217Problem determination tips. . . . . . . . . 218

Appendix. Getting help and technicalassistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Before you call . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Using the documentation . . . . . . . . . 219Getting help and information from the World WideWeb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Software service and support . . . . . . . . 220Hardware service and support . . . . . . . 220IBM Taiwan product service . . . . . . . . 221

Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Important notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Particulate contamination . . . . . . . . . 226Electronic emission notices . . . . . . . . . 227

Federal Communications Commission (FCC)statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Industry Canada Class A emission compliancestatement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Avis de conformité à la réglementationd'Industrie Canada . . . . . . . . . . 227Australia and New Zealand Class A statement 227United Kingdom telecommunications safetyrequirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227European Union EMC Directive conformancestatement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Taiwanese Class A warning statement . . . . 228Chinese Class A warning statement . . . . . 228Japanese Voluntary Control Council forInterference (VCCI) statement . . . . . . . 228Korean Class A Warning Statement . . . . . 229

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

iv BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 7: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Safety

Before installing this product, read the Safety Information.

Before installing this product, read the Safety Information.

Antes de instalar este produto, leia as Informações de Segurança.

Læs sikkerhedsforskrifterne, før du installerer dette produkt.

Lees voordat u dit product installeert eerst de veiligheidsvoorschriften.

Ennen kuin asennat tämän tuotteen, lue turvaohjeet kohdasta Safety Information.

Avant d'installer ce produit, lisez les consignes de sécurité.

Vor der Installation dieses Produkts die Sicherheitshinweise lesen.

Prima di installare questo prodotto, leggere le Informazioni sulla Sicurezza.

Les sikkerhetsinformasjonen (Safety Information) før du installerer dette produktet.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 v

Page 8: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Antes de instalar este produto, leia as Informações sobre Segurança.

Antes de instalar este producto, lea la información de seguridad.

Läs säkerhetsinformationen innan du installerar den här produkten.

Guidelines for trained service techniciansThis information is for trained service technicians.

Inspecting for unsafe conditionsUse this information to identify potential unsafe conditions in an IBM product onwhich you are working.

Each IBM product, as it was designed and manufactured, has required safety itemsto protect users and service technicians from injury. The information in this sectionaddresses only those items. Use good judgment to identify potential unsafeconditions that might be caused by non-IBM alterations or attachment of non-IBMfeatures or options that are not addressed in this section. If you identify an unsafecondition, you must determine how serious the hazard is and whether you mustcorrect the problem before you work on the product.

Consider the following conditions and the safety hazards that they present:v Electrical hazards, especially primary power. Primary voltage on the frame can

cause serious or fatal electrical shock.v Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or a bulging capacitor.v Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing hardware.

To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions, complete the followingsteps:1. Make sure that the power is off and the power cord is disconnected.2. Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged, loose, or broken, and observe

any sharp edges.3. Check the power cord:

v Make sure that the third-wire ground connector is in good condition. Use ameter to measure third-wire ground continuity for 0.1 ohm or less betweenthe external ground pin and the frame ground.

v Make sure that the power cord is the correct type, as specified in thedocumentation for your BladeCenter unit type.

v Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn.4. Remove the cover.5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Use good judgment as to the safety

of any non-IBM alterations.6. Check inside the server for any obvious unsafe conditions, such as metal

filings, contamination, water or other liquid, or signs of fire or smoke damage.

vi BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 9: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.8. Make sure that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws or rivets) have not

been removed or tampered with.

Guidelines for servicing electrical equipmentUse this list of information as a guideline for servicing electrical components.

Observe the following guidelines when servicing electrical equipment:v Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors, non-grounded power

extension cords, and missing safety grounds.v Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some hand tools have handles that

are covered with a soft material that does not provide insulation from liveelectrical current.

v Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operationalcondition. Do not use worn or broken tools or testers.

v Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit.The surface is conductive and can cause personal injury or equipment damage ifit touches a live electrical circuit.

v Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostaticdischarge. Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.

v Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that hashazardous voltages.

v Locate the emergency power-off (EPO) switch, disconnecting switch, or electricaloutlet so that you can turn off the power quickly in the event of an electricalaccident.

v Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection, work nearpower supplies, or remove or install main units.

v Before you work on the equipment, disconnect the power cord. If you cannotdisconnect the power cord, have the customer power-off the wall box thatsupplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in the off position.

v Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit. Check it tomake sure that it has been disconnected.

v If you have to work on equipment that has exposed electrical circuits, observethe following precautions:– Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power-off controls is

near you and is available to turn off the power if necessary.– When you are working with powered-on electrical equipment, use only one

hand. Keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back to avoidcreating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock.

– When using a tester, set the controls correctly and use the approved probeleads and accessories for that tester.

– Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metalfloor strips and equipment frames.

v Use extreme care when measuring high voltages.v To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies, pumps,

blowers, fans, and motor generators, do not service these components outside oftheir normal operating locations.

v If an electrical accident occurs, use caution, turn off the power, and send anotherperson to get medical aid.

Safety vii

Page 10: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Safety statementsReview all safety statements before installing this product.

Important:

Each caution and danger statement in this document is labeled with a number.This number is used to cross reference an English-language caution or dangerstatement with translated versions of the caution or danger statement in the SafetyInformation document.

For example, if a caution statement is labeled "Statement 1", translations for thatcaution statement are in the Safety Information book under "Statement 1".

Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this document before youperform the procedures. Read any additional safety information that comes withthe server or optional device before you install the device.

This device is intended for use with UL listed IBM BladeCenters.

viii BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 11: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Statement 1

DANGER

Electrical current from power, telephone, and communication cables ishazardous.

To avoid a shock hazard:

v Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation,maintenance, or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm.

v Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet.

v Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached tothis product.

v When possible, use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables.

v Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire, water, orstructural damage.

v Disconnect the attached power cords, telecommunications systems,networks, and modems before you open the device covers, unlessinstructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures.

v Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table wheninstalling, moving, or opening covers on this product or attached devices.

To Connect: To Disconnect:

1. Turn everything OFF.

2. First, attach all cables to devices.

3. Attach signal cables to connectors.

4. Attach power cords to outlet.

5. Turn device ON.

1. Turn everything OFF.

2. First, remove power cords from outlet.

3. Remove signal cables from connectors.

4. Remove all cables from devices.

Safety ix

Page 12: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Statement 2

CAUTION:When replacing the lithium battery, use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or anequivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer. If your system has amodule containing a lithium battery, replace it only with the same module typemade by the same manufacturer. The battery contains lithium and can explode ifnot properly used, handled, or disposed of.

Do not:

v Throw or immerse into water

v Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)

v Repair or disassemble

Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.

Statement 21

CAUTION:Hazardous energy is present when the blade is connected to the power source.Always replace the blade cover before installing the blade.

x BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 13: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Chapter 1. Start here

You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following thetroubleshooting procedures in this documentation and on the IBM Web site.

This Problem Determination and Service Guide describes the diagnostic tests that youcan perform, troubleshooting procedures, and explanations of error messages anderror codes. The documentation that comes with your operating system andsoftware also contains troubleshooting information.

Diagnosing a problemBefore you contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider, follow theseprocedures in the order in which they are presented to diagnose a problem withyour blade server.1. Determine what has changed. Determine whether any of the following items

were added, removed, replaced, or updated before the problem occurred:v Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) codev Device driversv Firmwarev Hardware componentsv SoftwareIf possible, return the blade server to the condition it was in before the problemoccurred.

2. Collect data. Thorough data collection is necessary for diagnosing hardwareand software problems.

Note: Event messages that include links to descriptions and recommendedactions can be viewed in the advanced management module event log (see theAdvanced Management Module User's Guide for additional information). A listingof all general event information is in the BladeCenter Advanced ManagementModule Messages Guide.a. Document error codes and light path diagnostics LEDs.

v System error codes: See “Error logs” on page 91 for information about aspecific error code.

v Software or operating-system error codes: See the documentation for thesoftware or operating system for information about a specific error code.See the manufacturer's Web site for documentation.

v Light path diagnostics LEDs: See “Light path diagnostics” on page 172for information about LEDs that are lit.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 1

Page 14: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

b. Collect system data. Run Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) to collectinformation about the hardware, firmware, software, and operating system.Have this information available when you contact IBM or an approvedwarranty service provider. To download the latest version of DSA, go tohttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=SERV-DSA or complete thefollowing steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actualprocedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.1) Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.2) Under Product support, click BladeCenter.3) Under Popular links, click Software and device drivers.4) Under Related downloads, click Dynamic System Analysis (DSA).For information about DSA command-line options, go tohttp://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/toolsctr/v1r0/index.jsp?topic=/com.ibm.xseries.tools.doc/erep_tools_dsa.html or complete the followingsteps:1) Go to http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/toolsctr/v1r0/

index.jsp.2) In the navigation pane, click IBM System x and BladeCenter Tools

Center.3) Click Tools reference → Error reporting and analysis tools → IBM

Dynamic System Analysis.c. Collect BladeCenter unit data. Data about the BladeCenter unit is available

through the Advanced-Management-Module Web interface. Have thisinformation available when you contact IBM or an approved warrantyservice provider. You can view the information or save it as a compressedpackage, named Service Data, that you can transfer to another system orprovide to a service representative.For information about saving the Service Data file, see theAdvanced-Management-Module User's Guide at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-5073887 or complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actualprocedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.1) Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.2) Under Product support, click BladeCenter.3) Under Popular links, click Publications lookup.4) From the Product family list, select any BladeCenter chassis and click

Go.5) Under Documentation, click Advanced Management

Module/Management Module User's Guide - IBM BladeCenter E, H, T,HT, S.

2 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 15: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

3. Follow the problem-resolution procedures.

The four problem-resolution procedures are presented in the order in whichthey are most likely to solve your problem. Follow these procedures in theorder in which they are presented:a. Check for and apply code updates.

Most problems that appear to be caused by faulty hardware are actuallycaused by UEFI code, system firmware, device firmware, or device driversthat are not at the latest levels.1) Determine the existing code levels.

v In DSA, click Firmware/VPD to view system firmware levels, or clickSoftware to view operating-system levels.

v In the navigation pane of the Advanced-Management-Module Webinterface, click Monitors and click Firmware VPD to view thefirmware levels in the blade servers and management module.

2) Download and install updates of code that is not at the latest level.

To display a list of available updates for your blade server, go tohttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017 or complete thefollowing steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actualprocedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.a) Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.b) Under Product support, click BladeCenter.c) Under Popular links, click Software and device drivers.d) Click BLADECENTER HS22to display the list of downloadable files

for the blade server.You can install code updates that are packaged as an IBM UpdateXpressSystem Pack or UpdateXpress CD image. An UpdateXpress System Packcontains an integration-tested bundle of online firmware anddevice-driver updates for your blade server.Be sure to install any listed critical updates that have release dates thatare later than the release date of the UpdateXpress System Pack orUpdateXpress image.When you click an update, an information page is displayed, includinga list of the problems that the update fixes. Review this list for yourspecific problem; however, even if your problem is not listed, installingthe update might solve the problem.

4. Check for and correct an incorrect configuration.

If the blade server is incorrectly configured, a system function can fail to workwhen you enable it; if you make an incorrect change to the blade serverconfiguration, a system function that has been enabled can stop working.a. Make sure that all installed hardware and software are supported.

See http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/serverproven/compat/us/ toverify that the blade server supports the installed operating system,optional devices, and software levels. If any hardware or softwarecomponent is not supported, uninstall it to determine whether it is causingthe problem. You must remove nonsupported hardware before you contactIBM or an approved warranty service provider for support.

b. Make sure that the blade server, operating system, and software areinstalled and configured correctly.

Chapter 1. Start here 3

Page 16: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Many configuration problems are caused by loose power or signal cables orincorrectly seated adapters. You might be able to solve the problem byturning off the blade server, reconnecting cables, reseating adapters, andturning the blade server back on.If the problem is associated with a specific function (for example, if a RAIDhard disk drive is marked offline in the RAID array), see the documentationfor the associated controller and management or controlling software toverify that the controller is correctly configured.Problem determination information is available for many devices such asRAID and network adapters.For problems with operating systems or IBM software or devices, completethe following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actualprocedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.1) Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.2) Under Product support, click BladeCenter.3) From the Product family list, select BLADECENTER HS22.4) Under Support & downloads, click Documentation, Install, and Use to

search for related documentation.5. Check for service bulletins.

IBM service bulletins document known problems and suggested solutions. Tosearch for service bulletins, complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actualprocedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.a. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.b. Under Product support, click BladeCenter.c. From the Product family list, select BLADECENTER HS22.d. Under Support & downloads, click Troubleshoot.

6. Check for and replace defective hardware.

If a hardware component is not operating within specifications, it can causeunpredictable results. Most hardware failures are reported as error codes in asystem or operating-system log. Hardware errors are also indicated by lightpath diagnostics LEDs.Troubleshooting procedures are provided on the IBM Web site. A singleproblem might cause multiple symptoms. Follow the diagnostic procedure forthe most obvious symptom. If that procedure does not diagnose the problem,use the procedure for another symptom, if possible. To locate troubleshootingprocedures for your server, complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actualprocedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.a. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.b. Under Product support, click BladeCenter.c. From the Product family list, select BLADECENTER HS22.d. Under Support & downloads, click Troubleshoot.e. Under Diagnostic, select the troubleshooting procedure for the symptom

that you are observing.

4 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 17: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

If the problem remains, contact IBM or an approved warranty service providerfor assistance with additional problem determination and possible hardwarereplacement. To open an online service request, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic/. Be prepared to provide information about any error codesand collected data.

Undocumented problemsIf you have completed the diagnostic procedure and the problem remains, theproblem might not have been previously identified by IBM. After you haveverified that all code is at the latest level, all hardware and software configurationsare valid, and no light path diagnostics LEDs or log entries indicate a hardwarecomponent failure, contact IBM or an approved warranty service provider forassistance.

To open an online service request, go to http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic/. Be prepared to provide information about any error codes andcollected data and the problem determination procedures that you have used.

Chapter 1. Start here 5

Page 18: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

6 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 19: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Chapter 2. Introduction

Use this information to help you solve problems that might occur in your bladeserver.

This Problem Determination and Service Guide contains information to help you solveproblems that might occur in your IBM® BladeCenter® HS22 Type 7870 and 1936blade server. It describes the diagnostic tools that come with the blade server, errorcodes and suggested actions, and instructions for replacing failing components.

Replaceable components are of three types:v Consumable parts: Purchase and replacement of consumable parts (components,

such as batteries and printer cartridges, that have depletable life) is yourresponsibility. If IBM acquires or installs a consumable part at your request, youwill be charged for the service.

v Tier 1 customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is yourresponsibility. If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request, you will be chargedfor the installation.

v Tier 2 CRU: You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it, atno additional charge, under the type of warranty service that is designated foryour server.

v Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by trained servicetechnicians.

For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance,see the Warranty and Support Information document on the IBM Documentation CD.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 7

Page 20: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Related documentationUse this information to identify and locate related blade server documentation.

This Problem Determination and Service Guide document is in Portable DocumentFormat (PDF) on the IBM Documentation CD. It contains information to help yousolve problems yourself, and it contains information for service technicians:v Installation and User's Guide

The Installation and User's Guide contains general information about the bladeserver, including how to install supported optional devices and how to configurethe blade server. The following documentation also comes with the blade server.

v Safety Information

This document is in PDF on the IBM Documentation CD. It contains translatedcaution and danger statements. Each caution and danger statement that appearsin the documentation has a number that you can use to locate the correspondingstatement in your language in the Safety Information document.

v Warranty and Support Information

This document is in PDF on the IBM Documentation CD. It contains informationabout the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance.

v Environmental Notices and User Guide

This document is in PDF on the IBM Documentation CD. It contains translatedenvironmental notices.

v Integrated Management Module User's Guide

This document is in PDF on the IBM Web site. This document explains how touse the functions of the IMM installed in an IBM server. The IMM works withIBM System x Server Firmware to provide systems-management capability forSystem x and BladeCenter servers.

v Advanced Management Module Messages Guide

This document is in PDF on the IBM Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/. This document provides a complete list of all non-devicespecific events and recommended actions, sorted by event ID. Device specificevent information is in the documentation for the device.

Depending on your BladeCenter product, additional documents might be includedon the IBM Documentation CD. In addition to the documentation in this library, besure to review the Planning and Installation Guide for your BladeCenter unit forinformation to help you prepare for system installation and configuration. To checkfor updated documentation and technical updates, complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.2. Under Product support, click BladeCenter.3. Under Popular links, click Publications lookup.4. From the Product family menu, select BladeCenter HS22 and click Continue.

Notices and statements in this documentUse this information to understand the most common documentation notices andstatements and how they are used.

8 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 21: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

The caution and danger statements in this document are also in the multilingualSafety Information document, which is on the IBM Documentation CD. Eachstatement is numbered for reference to the corresponding statement in the SafetyInformation document.

The following notices and statements are used in this document:v Note: These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.v Important: These notices provide information or advice that might help you

avoid inconvenient or problem situations.v Attention: These notices indicate possible damage to programs, devices, or data.

An attention notice is placed just before the instruction or situation in whichdamage might occur.

v Caution: These statements indicate situations that can be potentially hazardousto you. A caution statement is placed just before the description of a potentiallyhazardous procedure step or situation.

v Danger: These statements indicate situations that can be potentially lethal orextremely hazardous to you. A danger statement is placed just before thedescription of a potentially lethal or extremely hazardous procedure step orsituation.

Features and specificationsUse this table to view specific information about the blade server, such as bladeserver hardware features and the dimensions of the blade server.

Notes:

1. Power, cooling, removable-media drives, external ports, and advanced systemmanagement are provided by the BladeCenter unit.

2. The operating system in the blade server must provide USB support for theblade server to recognize and use USB media drives and devices. TheBladeCenter unit uses USB for internal communications with these devices.

Chapter 2. Introduction 9

Page 22: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

The following table is a summary of the features and specifications of the bladeserver.

Table 1. Features and specifications

Microprocessor: Supports up to twomulti-core Intel® Xeon®

microprocessors.Note: Use the Setup utility todetermine the type and speed of themicroprocessors in the blade server.

Memory:v 12 dual inline memory module

(DIMM) connectorsv Type: Very Low Profile (VLP)

double-data rate (DDR3) DRAM.Supports 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, and 8GB DIMMs with up to 96 GB oftotal memory on the system board

Drives: Supports up to two hot-swap,small form factor (SFF) SerialAttached SCSI (SAS) or Serial ATA(SATA) storage drives

Integrated functions:v Horizontal-compact-form-factor

(CFFh) expansion card interfacev Vertical-combination-I/O (CIOv)

expansion card interfacev Local service processor: Integrated

Management Module (IMM) withIntelligent Platform ManagementInterface (IPMI) firmware

v Integrated Matrox G200eV videocontroller

v LSI 1064E SAS controllerv Broadcom BCM5709S dual-port

Gigabit Ethernet controllerv Integrated keyboard/video/mouse

(cKVM) controller through IMMv Light path diagnosticsv RS-485 interface for communication

with the management modulev Automatic server restart (ASR)v USB 2.0 for communication with

cKVM and removable media drives(an external USB port is notsupported)

v Serial over LAN (SOL)v Redundant buses for

communication with keyboard,mouse, and removable mediadrives

Predictive Failure Analysis (PFA)alerts:v Microprocessorsv Memoryv Storage drives

Electrical input: 12 V dc

Environment:v Air temperature:

– Blade server on: 10°C to 35°C(50°F to 95°F). Altitude: 0 m to914.4 m (0 ft to 3000 ft)

– Blade server on: 10°C to 32°C(50°F to 89.6°F). Altitude: 914.4m to 2133.6 m (3000 ft to 7000ft)

– Blade server off: 10°C to 43°C(50°F to 109.4°F). Altitude: 914.4m to 2133.6 m (3000 ft to 7000ft)

– Blade server shipping: -40°C to60°C (-40°F to 140°F)

v Humidity:– Blade server on: 8% to 80%– Blade server off: 8% to 80%– Blade server storage: 5% to 80%– Blade server shipment: 5% to

100%v Particulate contamination:

Attention: Airborne particulatesand reactive gases acting alone orin combination with otherenvironmental factors such ashumidity or temperature mightpose a risk to the server. Forinformation about the limits forparticulates and gases, see“Particulate contamination” onpage 226.

Size:v Height: 24.5 cm (9.7 inches) (6U)v Depth: 44.6 cm (17.6 inches)v Width: 2.9 cm (1.14 inches)v Maximum weight: 4.8 kg (10 lb)

NEBS Environmentv Air temperature:

– Blade server on: 5°C to 40°C (41°Fto 104°F). Altitude: -60 m to 1800m (-197 ft to 6000 ft)

– Blade server on: 5°C to 30°C (41°Fto 86°F). Altitude: 1800 m to 4000m (6000 ft to 13000 ft)

– Blade server off: -5°C to 55°C(23°F to 131°F). Altitude: -60 m to1800 m (-197 ft to 6000 ft)

– Blade server off: -5°C to 45°C(23°F to 113°F). Altitude: 1800 mto 4000 m (6000 ft to 13000 ft)

– Blade server storage: -40°C to60°C (-40°F to 140°F)

v Humidity: 8% to 85%v Particulate contamination:

Attention: Airborne particulatesand reactive gases acting alone or incombination with otherenvironmental factors such ashumidity or temperature might posea risk to the server. For informationabout the limits for particulates andgases, see “Particulatecontamination” on page 226.

10 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 23: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Blade server controls and LEDsUse this information for details about the controls and LEDs on the blade server.

The following illustration identifies the buttons and information LEDs on theblade-server control panel.

Power-on LED: This green LED indicates the power status of the blade server inthe following manner:v Flashing rapidly: The blade server does not have power permissions assigned to

it through the Advanced Management Module, the BladeCenter unit does nothave enough power to turn on the blade server, or the service processor (IMM)on the blade server is not communicating with the Advanced ManagementModule.

v Flashing slowly: The blade server has power supplied and is ready to be turnedon.

v Lit continuously: The blade server has power and is turned on.

Activity LED: When this green LED is lit, it indicates that there is activity on theexternal storage device or network.

Location LED: The system administrator can remotely turn on this blue LED to aidin visually locating the blade server. When this LED is lit, the location LED on theBladeCenter unit is also lit. The location LED can be turned off through theAdvanced-Management-Module Web interface or through IBM® Director Console.For more information about the Advanced-Management-Module Web interface, seehttp://www.ibm.com/systems/management/. For more information about IBM®

Director, see the documentation on the IBM® Director CD that comes with theserver, or visit the IBM® Director Information Center at http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/director/v6r1x/index.jsp.

Information LED: When this amber LED is lit, it indicates that information about asystem event in the blade server has been placed in the Advanced-Management-Module event log. The information LED can be turned off through theAdvanced-Management-Module CLI, SNMP, or Web interface or through IBM®

Director Console. For more information about the Advanced-Management-ModuleWeb interface, see http://www.ibm.com/systems/management/. For moreinformation about IBM® Director, see the documentation on the IBM® Director CDthat comes with the server, or visit the IBM® Director Information Center athttp://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/director/v6r1x/index.jsp.

Chapter 2. Introduction 11

Page 24: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Fault LED: When this amber LED is lit, it indicates that a system error hasoccurred in the blade server. The blade-error LED turns off only after the error iscorrected.

Power-control button: Press this button to turn on or turn off the blade server.

Note: The power-control button has effect only if local power control is enabledfor the blade server. Local power control is enabled and disabled through theAdvanced-Management-Module Web interface.

Keyboard/video/mouse (KVM) select button: Press this button to associate theshared BladeCenter unit keyboard port, video port, and mouse port with the bladeserver. The LED on this button flashes while the request is being processed andthen is lit when the ownership of the keyboard, video, and mouse has beentransferred to the blade server. It can take approximately 20 seconds to switch thekeyboard, video, and mouse control to the blade server.

Using a keyboard that is directly attached to the Advanced-Management-Module,you can press keyboard keys in the following sequence to switch KVM controlbetween blade servers instead of using the KVM select button:

NumLock NumLock blade_server_number Enterblade_server_number is the two-digit number of the blade-server bay in whichthe blade server is installed. A blade server that occupies more than oneblade-server bay is identified by the lowest bay number that it occupies.

If there is no response when you press the KVM select button, you can use theAdvanced-Management-Module Web interface to determine whether local controlhas been disabled on the blade server. See http://www.ibm.com/systems/management/ for more information.

Notes:

1. The operating system in the blade server must provide USB support for theblade server to recognize and use the keyboard and mouse, even if thekeyboard and mouse have PS/2-style connectors.

2. If you install a supported Microsoft® Windows® operating system on the bladeserver while it is not the current owner of the keyboard, video, and mouse, adelay of up to 1 minute occurs the first time that you switch the keyboard,video, and mouse to the blade server. All subsequent switching takes place inthe normal KVM switching time frame (up to 20 seconds).

Media-tray select button: Press this button to associate the shared BladeCenterunit media tray (removable-media drives) with the blade server. The LED on thebutton flashes while the request is being processed and then is lit when theownership of the media tray has been transferred to the blade server. It can takeapproximately 20 seconds for the operating system in the blade server to recognizethe media tray.

If there is no response when you press the media-tray select button, you can usethe Advanced-Management-Module Web interface to determine whether localcontrol has been disabled on the blade server.

Note: The operating system in the blade server must provide USB support for theblade server to recognize and use the removable-media drives.

12 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 25: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

The following illustration identifies the information LEDs on the SAS hot-swaphard disk drive.

Hard disk drive activity LED (green): When this green LED is lit, it indicates thatthere is activity on the storage drive.

Hard disk drive status LED (amber): When this amber LED is lit, it indicates thatan error has occurred with the storage drive. The LED turns off only after the erroris corrected.

Chapter 2. Introduction 13

Page 26: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Turning on the blade serverUse this information to turn on the blade server.

After you connect the blade server to power through the BladeCenter unit, theblade server can start in any of the following ways:v You can press the power-control button on the front of the blade server (see

“Blade server controls and LEDs” on page 11) to start the blade server.

Notes:

1. Wait until the power-on LED on the blade server flashes slowly before youpress the power-control button. While the service processor in the bladeserver is initializing and synchronizing with the management module, thepower-on LED flashes rapidly, and the power-control button on the bladeserver does not respond. This process can take approximately two minutesafter the blade server has been installed.

2. While the blade server is starting, the power-on LED on the front of theblade server is lit and does not flash. See “Blade server controls and LEDs”on page 11 for the power-on LED states.

v If a power failure occurs, the BladeCenter unit and the blade server can beconfigured to start automatically when power is restored through the AdvancedManagement Module.

v You can turn on the blade server remotely by using the management module.v If the blade server is connected to power (the power-on LED is flashing slowly),

the blade server is communicating with the management module, the operatingsystem supports the Wake on LAN feature, and the Wake on LAN feature hasnot been disabled through the management module, the Wake on LAN featurecan turn on the blade server.

Turning off the blade serverUse this information to turn off the blade server.

When you turn off the blade server, it is still connected to power through theBladeCenter unit. The blade server can respond to requests from the serviceprocessor, such as a remote request to turn on the blade server. To remove allpower from the blade server, you must remove it from the BladeCenter unit. Shutdown the operating system before you turn off the blade server. See theoperating-system documentation for information about shutting down theoperating system.

The blade server can be turned off in any of the following ways:v You can press the power-control button on the blade server (see “Blade server

controls and LEDs” on page 11). This starts an orderly shutdown of theoperating system, if this feature is supported by the operating system.

v If the operating system stops functioning, you can press and hold thepower-control button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the blade server.

v The management module can turn off the blade server through theAdvanced-Management-Module Web interface. For additional information, seethe IBM BladeCenter Management Module User’s Guide or go tohttp://www-03.ibm.com/systems/management/ for more information.

14 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 27: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

System-board layoutsUse this layout to locate connectors, LEDs and switches on the system board of theblade server.

The following illustrations show the connectors, LEDs, and switches on the systemboard. The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

Blade server connectorsUse this information to locate blade server system-board components andconnectors for optional devices.

The following illustration shows the system-board components, includingconnectors for user-installable optional devices, in the blade server.

Chapter 2. Introduction 15

Page 28: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

System-board switchesUse this information to locate and define system-board switches in the bladeserver.

The following illustration shows the location of the light path diagnostics switchon the system board.

SW1

SW3

The following table describes the function of each switch in the switch blocks(SW1, SW2, SW3).

Switch number Description Switch setting Definition

SW1 - 1 Password overrideswitch

Changing position ofthis switch resets thepower on password.

This switch overridesthe power onpassword. The systemships with this switchoff, but it can be on oroff in a functioningsystem.

SW1 - 2 Trusted PlatformModule (TPM)physical presence

The default position isoff.

Turning this switch tothe on positionindicates a physicalpresence to the TPM.

SW1 - 3 ICH9 RTC reset Normally open. Toggleto reset RTC.

Resets the RTC. Amomentary toggle isall that is required. Toavoid excessive batterydrain, do not leave thisswitch closed.

SW1 - 4 Boot using the backupIMM code.

The default position isoff, allowing the bladeserver to boot from theprimary IMMfirmware.

When the switch is inthe default offposition, the bladeserver will boot usingthe primary IMMfirmware. When theswitch is on, the bladeserver will boot usinga backup of the IMMfirmware.

16 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 29: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Switch number Description Switch setting Definition

SW1 - 5 Boot block recovery The default position isoff, allowing the bladeserver to boot from theprimary UEFIfirmware.

When the switch is onit allows the bladeserver to boot usingthe backup UEFI.

SW1 - 6 IMM force update The default position isoff.

Turning this switch tothe on position resetsthe IMM.

SW1 - 7 Wake on LAN (WOL)disable

The default position isoff.

Turning this switch tothe on positiondisables WOL.

SW1 - 8 Force H8 update The default position isoff.

N/A

SW3 Light path diagnosticsswitch

The default position isoff. Turning this switchon lights the light pathdiagnostic LEDs.

Push down on thelight path diagnosticsswitch push button tolight the diagnosticLEDs.

Chapter 2. Introduction 17

Page 30: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

System-board LEDsUse this information to locate system-board LEDs in the blade server.

You must remove the blade server from the BladeCenter unit, open the cover orremove any optional expansion units, and press the light path diagnostics switch(see “System-board switches” on page 16) to light any error LEDs that were turnedon during processing. Diagnosing problems using the light path diagnostic LEDs isdescribed in “Light path diagnostics” on page 172.

The following illustration shows the light path diagnostics panel on the systemboard.

MISLP 1

TEMP

SYS BRDNMI

System board error LED

NMI error LED

Over Temperature LED

Microprocessormismatch LED

Light Pathdiagnostic LED

Light Pathdiagnostic switch

The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board.

DIMM 7-error LED

DIMM 9-error LED

DIMM 8-error LED

DIMM 10-error LEDDIMM 11-error LEDDIMM 12-error LED

DIMM 6-error LEDDIMM 5-error LEDDIMM 4-error LEDDIMM 3-error LEDDIMM 2-error LEDDIMM 1-error LED

Battery-error LED

Microprocessor 2-error LED

Microprocessor 1-error LED

SAS 0-error LED

SAS 1-error LED

18 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 31: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server

Use this information for details about the configuration requirements of the bladeserver.

This chapter describes the configuration requirements of the blade server. Beforeyou continue, make sure that the blade server has the latest version of firmwarecode. For additional information, see “Firmware updates” on page 32.

The following configuration programs come with the blade server:v Setup utility

The Setup utility is used to change system settings, such as interrupt requests(IRQ), date and time, and password. See “Using the Setup utility” for moreinformation.

v LSI Logic Configuration Utility program

The LSI Logic Configuration Utility program is stored in the blade-serverfirmware. Use it to set the device scan order and to set the storage drivecontroller IDs. See “Using the LSI Logic Configuration Utility program” on page34 for more information.

v IBM ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD

The ServerGuide program provides software-setup tools and installation toolsthat are designed for the blade server. Use this CD during the installation of theblade server to configure basic hardware features and to simplify the installationof the operating system. For information about obtaining and using this CD, see“Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD” on page 29.

v Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) boot agent utility program

The PXE boot agent utility program is part of the blade server firmware. Use itto select the boot protocol and other boot options and to select apower-management option. For information about using this utility program, see“Using the PXE boot agent utility program” on page 32.

The IBM Remote Deployment Manager (RDM) Version 4.4 program is available forpurchase. You can use RDM to install a UEFI code update onto a blade server. Forthe latest information about RDM, including which operating systems that RDMsupports and how to purchase the software, see http://www.ibm.com/systems/management/.

Using the Setup utilityUse these instructions to start the Setup utility.

To start the Setup utility, complete the following steps:1. Turn on the blade server (see “Turning on the blade server” on page 14).2. Immediately give the blade server control of the BladeCenter unit shared

keyboard, video, and mouse ports.v If you are managing the blade server by using the BladeCenter system

console, press the KVM select button on the blade server (see “Blade servercontrols and LEDs” on page 11 for information).

v If you are managing the blade server from a remote location, see the IBMBladeCenter Management Module User's Guide, IBM BladeCenter Management

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 19

Page 32: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Module Command-Line Interface Reference Guide, or IBM BladeCenter Serial overLAN Setup Guide for information and instructions.

3. When the prompt Press <F1> Setup is displayed, press F1. If you have set anadministrator password, you must type the administrator password to accessthe full Setup-utility menu. If you do not type the administrator password, alimited Setup-utility menu is available.

4. Follow the instructions on the screen.

Setup utility menuUse the Setup utility main menu to view and configure blade server configurationdata and settings.

The following menu items are on the Setup utility main menu. Depending on theversion of the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI), some menu itemsmight differ slightly from these descriptions.v System Information

Select this choice to view information about the server. When you make changesthrough other choices in the Setup utility, some of those changes are reflected inthe system information; you cannot change settings directly in the systeminformation. This choice is on the full Setup utility menu only.– System Summary

Select this choice to view configuration information, including the ID, speed,and cache size of the microprocessors, machine type and model of the server,the serial number, the system UUID, and the amount of installed memory.When you make configuration changes through other options in the Setuputility, the changes are reflected in the system summary; you cannot changesettings directly in the system summary.

– Product Data

Select this choice to view the system-board identifier, the revision level orissue date of the firmware, the integrated management module anddiagnostics code, and the version and date.

This choice is on the full UEFI Setup Utility menu only.v System Settings

Select this choice to view or change the server component settings.– Processors

Select this choice to view or change the processor settings.– Memory

Select this choice to view or change the memory settings.– Devices and I/O Ports

Select this choice to view or change assignments for devices andinput/output (I/O) ports. You can configure the remote console redirection,enable or disable integrated Ethernet controllers, and the SAS controller. Ifyou disable a device, it cannot be configured, and the operating system willnot be able to detect it (this is equivalent to disconnecting the device).

– Power

Select this choice to view or change power capping to control powerconsumption and processor performance states.

20 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 33: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

– Legacy Support

Select this choice to view or set legacy support.- Force Legacy Video on Boot

Select this choice to force INT video support, if the operating system doesnot support UEFI video output standards.

- Rehook INT

Select this choice to enable or disable devices from taking control of theboot process. The default is Disable.

- Legacy Thunk Support

Select this choice to enable or disable UEFI to interact with PCI massstorage devices that are non-UEFI compliant.

– Integrated Management Module

Select this choice to view or change the settings for the integratedmanagement module.- POST Watchdog Timer

Select this choice to view or enable the POST watchdog timer.- POST Watchdog Timer Value

Select this choice to view or set the POST loader watchdog timer value.- Reboot System on NMI

Enable or disable restarting the system whenever a nonmaskable interrupt(NMI) occurs. Disabled is the default.

- Network Configuration

Select this choice to view the system management network interface port,the IMM MAC address, the current IMM IP address, and host name; definethe static IMM IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address, specifywhether to use the static IP address or have DHCP assign the IMM IPaddress, save the network changes, and reset the IMM.

- Reset IMM to Defaults

Select this choice to view or reset IMM to the default settings.– System Security

Select this choice to view or configure security options.– Adapters and UEFI Drivers

Select this choice to view information about the adapters and UEFI driversinstalled in the server.

– Network

Select this choice to view or configure the network device options, such asiSCSI, PXE, and Broadcom.

– Trusted Platform Module (TPM)

Select this choice to view and configure TPM settings.v Date and Time

Select this choice to set the date and time in the server, in 24-hour format(hour:minute:second).This choice is on the full UEFI Setup Utility menu only.

v Start Options

Select this choice to view or change the start options, including the startupsequence, keyboard NumLock state, PXE boot option, and PCI device bootpriority. Changes in the startup options take effect when you start the server.

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 21

Page 34: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

The startup sequence specifies the order in which the server checks devices tofind a boot record. The server starts from the first boot record that it finds. If theserver has Wake on LAN hardware and software and the operating systemsupports Wake on LAN functions, you can specify a startup sequence for theWake on LAN functions. For example, you can define a startup sequence thatchecks for a disc in the CD-RW/DVD drive, then checks the hard disk drive,and then checks a network adapter.This choice is on the full UEFI Setup Utility menu only.

v Boot Manager

Select this choice to view, add, delete, or change the device boot priority, bootfrom a file, select a one-time boot, or reset the boot order to the default setting.

v System Event Logs

Select this choice to enter the System Event Manager, where you can view theerror messages in the system event logs. You can use the arrow keys to movebetween pages in the error log.The system event logs contain all event and error messages that have beengenerated during POST, by the systems-management interface handler, and bythe system service processor. Run the diagnostic programs to get moreinformation about error codes that occur. See Chapter 6, “Diagnostics,” on page89 for instructions on running the diagnostic programs.Important: If the system-error LED on the front of the server is lit but there areno other error indications, clear the IMM system-event log. Also, after youcomplete a repair or correct an error, clear the IMM system-event log to turn offthe system-error LED on the front of the server.– POST Event Viewer

Select this choice to enter the POST event viewer to view the POST errormessages.

– IMM System Event Log

Select this choice to view the IMM system event log.– Clear IMM System Event Log

Select this choice to clear the IMM system event log.v User Security

Select this choice to set, change, or clear passwords. See “Using passwords” onpage 23 for more information.

v Save Settings

Select this choice to save the changes that you have made in the settings.v Restore Settings

Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings andrestore the previous settings.

v Load Default Settings

Select this choice to cancel the changes that you have made in the settings andrestore the factory settings.

v Exit Setup

Select this choice to exit from the Setup utility. If you have not saved thechanges that you have made in the settings, you are asked whether you want tosave the changes or exit without saving them.

22 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 35: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Using passwordsUse this information to set, change, or delete a power-on password.

You can set, change, and delete a power-on password in the Setup/Configurationutility by selecting System Settings then System Security.

If you set a power-on password, you must type the power-on password tocomplete the system startup and to have access to the Configuration/Setup Utilitymenu.

You can use any combination of up to seven characters (A - Z, a - z, and 0 - 9) forthe password. Keep a record of your password in a secure place.

If you forget the power-on password, you can regain access to the blade servereither by removing the blade server battery and then reinstalling it or by using thepower-on password override switch (see “Removing the battery” on page 86 and“Installing the battery” on page 87).

Using the Boot Menu programUse the Boot Menu program to temporarily redefine the first startup devicewithout changing settings in the Setup utility.

The Boot Menu program is a built-in, menu-driven configuration utility programthat you can use to temporarily redefine the first startup device without changingsettings in the Setup utility.

To use the Boot Menu program, complete the following steps:1. Turn off the server.2. Restart the server.3. Press F12 (Select Boot Device). If a bootable USB mass storage device is

installed, a submenu item (USB Key/Disk) is displayed.4. Use the Up arrow and Down arrow keys to select an item from the Boot

Selection Menu and press Enter.

The next time the server starts, it returns to the startup sequence that is set in theSetup utility.

Updating the Universal Unique Identifier (UUID)The Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) must be updated when the system boardis replaced.

The Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) must be updated when the system boardis replaced. Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the UUID in theUEFI-based server. The ASU is an online tool that supports several operatingsystems. Make sure that you download the version for your operating system. Youcan download the ASU from the IBM Web site. To download the ASU and updatethe UUID, complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Download the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU):

a. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.b. Under Product support, select System x.

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 23

Page 36: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

c. Under Popular links, select Tools and utilities.d. Scroll down to Configuration; then, select Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).e. In the next window under Download, click the Advanced Settings Utility

link and download the ASU version for your blade server.To view moreinformation about using the Advanced Settings Utility, scroll down toOnline Help; then, click User's Guide for the IBM Advanced SettingsUtility.

Note: To view more information about using the Advanced Settings Utility,scroll down to Online Help; then, click User's Guide for the IBM AdvancedSettings Utility.

f. In the next window under File link, click the Advanced Settings Utility linkfor your operating system to begin downloading the utility.

2. ASU sets the UUID in the Integrated Management Module (IMM). Select one ofthe following methods to access the Integrated Management Module (IMM) toset the UUID:v Online from the target system (LAN or keyboard console style (KCS) access)v Remote access to the target system (LAN based)v Bootable media containing ASU (LAN or KCS, depending upon the bootable

media)

Note: IBM provides a method for building a bootable media. You can createa bootable media using the Bootable Media Creator (BoMC) application fromthe Tools Center Web site. In addition, the Windows and Linux based toolkits are also available to build a bootable media. These tool kits provide analternate method to creating a Windows Professional Edition or MasterControl Program (MCP) based bootable media, which will include the ASUapplication.

3. Copy and unpack the ASU package, which also includes other required files, tothe server. Make sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to thesame directory. In addition to the application executable (asu or asu64), thefollowing files are required:v For Windows based operating systems:

– ibm_rndis_server_os.inf– device.cat

v For Linux based operating systems:– cdc_interface.sh

4. After you install ASU, use the following command syntax to set the UUID:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoUUID <uuid_value> [access_method]

Where:

<uuid_value>Up to 16-byte hexadecimal value assigned by you.

[access_method]The access method that you selected to use from the followingmethods:

v Online authenticated LAN access, type the command:[host <imm_internal_ip>] [user <imm_user_id>][password <imm_password>]

Where:

24 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 37: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

imm_internal_ipThe IMM internal LAN/USB IP address. The default value is169.254.95.118.

imm_user_idThe IMM account (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is USERID.

imm_passwordThe IMM account password (1 of 12 accounts). The default value isPASSW0RD (with a zero 0 not an O).

Note: If you do not specify any of these parameters, ASU will use thedefault values. When the default values are used and ASU is unable to accessthe IMM using the online authenticated LAN access method, ASU willautomatically use the unauthenticated KCS access method.The following commands are examples of using the userid and passworddefault values and not using the default values:

Example that does not use the userid and password default values:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoUUID <uuid_value> user <user_id>password <password>

Example that does use the userid and password default values:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoUUID <uuid_value>

v Online KCS access (unauthenticated and user restricted):You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use thisaccess method.

Example:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoUUID <uuid_value>

The KCS access method uses the IPMI/KCS interface. This method requiresthat the IPMI driver be installed. Some operating systems have the IPMIdriver installed by default. ASU provides the corresponding mapping layer.See the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide for more details. You can accessthe ASU Users Guide from the IBM Web site.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actualprocedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.a. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support.b. Under Product support, select System x.c. Under Popular links, select Tools and utilities.d. In the left pane, click System x and BladeCenter Tools Center.e. Scroll down and click Tools reference.f. Scroll down and click the plus-sign (+) for Configuration tools to expand

the list; then, select Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).g. In the next window under Related Information, click the Advanced

Settings Utility link.

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 25

Page 38: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Remote LAN access, type the command:

Note: When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM using theLAN from a client, the host and the imm_external_ip address are requiredparameters.host <imm_external_ip> [user <imm_user_id>[[password <imm_password>]

Where:

imm_external_ipThe external IMM LAN IP address. There is no default value. Thisparameter is required.

imm_user_idThe IMM account (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is USERID.

imm_passwordThe IMM account password (1 of 12 accounts). The default value isPASSW0RD (with a zero 0 not an O).

The following commands are examples of using the userid and passworddefault values and not using the default values:

Example that does not use the userid and password default values:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoUUID <uuid_value> host <imm_ip>user <user_id> password <password>

Example that does use the userid and password default values:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoUUID <uuid_value> host <imm_ip>

v Bootable media:You can also build a bootable media using the applications available throughthe Tools Center Web site at http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/toolsctr/v1r0/index.jsp. From the left pane, click IBM System x andBladeCenter Tools Center, then click Tool reference for the available tools.

5. Restart the server.

Updating the DMI/SMBIOS dataThe Desktop Management Interface (DMI) must be updated when the systemboard is replaced.

The Desktop Management Interface (DMI) must be updated when the systemboard is replaced. Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the DMI in theUEFI-based server. The ASU is an online tool that supports several operatingsystems. Make sure that you download the version for your operating system. Youcan download the ASU from the IBM Web site. To download the ASU and updatethe DMI, complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Download the Advanced Settings Utility (ASU):

a. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.b. Under Product support, select System x.c. Under Popular links, select Tools and utilities.d. Scroll down to Configuration; then, select Advanced Settings Utility (ASU).e. In the next window under Download, click the Advanced Settings Utility

link and download the ASU version for your blade server.To view more

26 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 39: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

information about using the Advanced Settings Utility, scroll down toOnline Help; then, click User's Guide for the IBM Advanced SettingsUtility.

Note: To view more information about using the Advanced Settings Utility,scroll down to Online Help; then, click User's Guide for the IBM AdvancedSettings Utility.

f. In the next window under File link, click the Advanced Settings Utility linkfor your operating system to begin downloading the utility.

2. ASU sets the DMI in the Integrated Management Module (IMM). Select one ofthe following methods to access the Integrated Management Module (IMM) toset the DMI:v Online from the target system (LAN or keyboard console style (KCS) access)v Remote access to the target system (LAN based)v Bootable media containing ASU (LAN or KCS, depending upon the bootable

media)

Note: IBM provides a method for building a bootable media. You can createa bootable media using the Bootable Media Creator (BoMC) application fromthe Tools Center Web site. In addition, the Windows and Linux based toolkits are also available to build a bootable media. These tool kits provide analternate method to creating a Windows Professional Edition or MasterControl Program (MCP) based bootable media, which will include the ASUapplication.

3. Copy and unpack the ASU package, which also includes other required files, tothe server. Make sure that you unpack the ASU and the required files to thesame directory. In addition to the application executable (asu or asu64), thefollowing files are required:v For Windows based operating systems:

– ibm_rndis_server_os.inf– device.cat

v For Linux based operating systems:– cdc_interface.sh

4. After you install ASU, Type the following commands to set the DMI:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoProdName &ltm/t_model> [access_method]

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoSerialNum &lts/n> [access_method]

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysEncloseAssetTag &ltasset_tag>[access_method]

Where:

<m/t_model>The server machine type and model number. Type mtm xxxxyyy, wherexxxx is the machine type and yyy is the server model number.

<s/n> The serial number on the server. Type sn zzzzzzz, where zzzzzzz is theserial number.

<asset_method>The server asset tag number. Type assetaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa, whereaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa is the asset tag number.

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 27

Page 40: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

[access_method]The access method that you select to use from the following methods:

v Online authenticated LAN access, type the command:[host &ltimm_internal_ip&gt;] [user &ltimm_user_id>][password<imm_password>]

Where:

imm_internal_ipThe IMM internal LAN/USB IP address. The default value is169.254.95.118.

imm_user_idThe IMM account (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is USERID.

imm_passwordThe IMM account password (1 of 12 accounts). The default value isPASSW0RD (with a zero 0 not an O).

Note: If you do not specify any of these parameters, ASU will use thedefault values. When the default values are used and ASU is unable to accessthe IMM using the online authenticated LAN access method, ASU willautomatically use the following unauthenticated KCS access method.The following commands are examples of using the userid and passworddefault values and not using the default values:Examples that do not use the userid and password default values:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoProdName <m/t_model> --user<imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoSerialNum <s/n> --user <imm_user_id>--password <imm_password>

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag> --user<imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>

Examples that do use the userid and password default values:asu setSYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoProdName <m/t_model> asu setSYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoSerialNum <s/n> asu setSYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag>

v Online KCS access (unauthenticated and user restricted):You do not need to specify a value for access_method when you use thisaccess method.The KCS access method uses the IPMI/KCS interface. This method requiresthat the IPMI driver be installed. Some operating systems have the IPMIdriver installed by default. ASU provides the corresponding mapping layer.See the Advanced Settings Utility Users Guide at http://www-947.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-55021 for more details.The following commands are examples of using the userid and passworddefault values and not using the default values:Examples that do not use the userid and password default values:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoProdName &ltm/t_model>

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoSerialNum &lt;s/n>

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsEncloseAssetTag &ltasset_tag>

28 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 41: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Remote LAN access, type the command:

Note: When using the remote LAN access method to access IMM using theLAN from a client, the host and the imm_external_ip address are requiredparameters.host <imm_external_ip> [user <imm_user_id>][password <imm_password>]

Where:

imm_external_ipThe external IMM LAN IP address. There is no default value. Thisparameter is required.

imm_user_idThe IMM account (1 of 12 accounts). The default value is USERID.

imm_passwordThe IMM account password (1 of 12 accounts). The default value isPASSW0RD (with a zero 0 not an O).

The following commands are examples of using the userid and passworddefault values and not using the default values:Examples that do not use the userid and password default values:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoProdName <m/t_model> --host <imm_ip>--user <imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsInfoSerialNum <s/n> --host <imm_ip> --user<imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SYsEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag> --host<imm_ip> --user <imm_user_id> --password <imm_password>

Examples that do use the userid and password default values:asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoProdName <m/t_model> --host <imm_ip>

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysInfoSerialNum <s/n> --host <imm_ip>

asu set SYSTEM_PROD_DATA.SysEncloseAssetTag <asset_tag> --host<imm_ip>

v Bootable media:You can also build a bootable media using the applications available throughthe Tools Center Web site at http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/toolsctr/v1r0/index.jsp. From Deployment Tools, click Bootable MediaCreator.

5. Restart the server.

Using the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CDUse this information as an overview for using the ServerGuide Setup andInstallation CD.

The ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD contains a setup and installation programthat is designed for your blade server. The ServerGuide program detects the bladeserver model and optional hardware devices that are installed and uses thatinformation during setup to configure the hardware. The ServerGuide programsimplifies operating-system installations by providing updated device drivers and,in some cases, installing them automatically.

You can download a free image of the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD orpurchase the CD from the ServerGuide fulfillment Web site at

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 29

Page 42: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

http://www.ibm.com/systems/management/serverguide/sub.html. To downloadthe free image, click IBM Service and Support Site.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is in this document.

The ServerGuide program performs the following tasks:v An easy-to-use interfacev Diskette-free setup and configuration programs that are based on detected

hardwarev Device drivers that are provided for the blade server model and detected

hardwarev Operating-system partition size and file-system type that are selectable during

setup

ServerGuide featuresUse this information to determine the ServerGuide features.

Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of the ServerGuideprogram. To learn more about the version that you have, start the ServerGuide Setupand Installation CD and view the online overview. Not all features are supported onall blade server models.

The ServerGuide program requires a supported IBM blade server that is associatedwith an enabled startable (bootable) CD drive. In addition to the ServerGuide Setupand Installation CD, you must have the operating-system CD to install the operatingsystem.

The ServerGuide program has the following features:v Sets system date and timev Detects installed optional hardware devices and provides updated device drivers

for most adapters and devicesv Provides diskette-free installation for supported Windows operating systemsv Includes an online readme file with links to tips for the hardware and

operating-system installation

Setup and configuration overviewUse this information to setup and configure the blade server.

When you use the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD, you do not need setupdiskettes. You can use the CD to configure any supported IBM blade server model.The setup program provides a list of tasks that are required to set up the bladeserver.

Note: Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of theServerGuide program.

When you start the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD, the program prompts youto complete the following tasks:v Select your language.v Select your keyboard layout and country.v View the overview to learn about ServerGuide features.

30 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 43: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v View the readme file to review installation tips for your operating system andadapter.

v Start the operating-system installation. You will need your operating-system CD.

Installing the operating systemUse these instructions to install the operating system on the blade server.

To install the operating system on a blade server, you can use any of the followingmethods:v Use the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD to install a supported Microsoft

Windows operating system.v Use Remote Deployment Manager (RDM) Version 4.20 (or later) to install a

supported operating system. To determine whether RDM supports an operatingsystem, see http://www.ibm.com/systems/management/.

v Download the latest operating-system installation instructions and install theoperating system.

Important: The operating system in the blade server must provide USB support forthe blade server to recognize and use the keyboard, mouse, and removable-mediadrives. The BladeCenter unit uses USB for internal communication with thesedevices.

Typical operating-system installationUse this information for a typical ServerGuide operating-system installation.

The ServerGuide program can reduce the time it takes to install an operatingsystem. It provides the device drivers that are required for the hardware and forthe operating system that you are installing. This section describes a typicalServerGuide operating-system installation.

Note: Features and functions can vary slightly with different versions of theServerGuide program.1. After you have completed the setup process, the operating-system installation

program starts. (You will need your operating-system CD to complete theinstallation.)

2. The ServerGuide program stores information about the blade server model,service processor, hard disk drive controllers, and network adapters. Then, theprogram checks the CD for newer device drivers. This information is storedand then passed to the operating-system installation program.

3. The ServerGuide program presents operating-system partition options that arebased on your operating-system selection and the installed hard disk drives.

4. The ServerGuide program prompts you to insert your operating-system CDand restart the blade server. At this point, the installation program for theoperating system takes control to complete the installation. The BladeCenter CDdrive must be associated with the blade server when this step is performed.

Installing the operating system without using ServerGuideUse these instructions to install the operating system on the blade server withoutusing a ServerGuide.

If you have already configured the blade server hardware and you are not usingthe ServerGuide program to install the operating system, complete the followingsteps to download the latest operating-system installation instructions from theIBM Web site.

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 31

Page 44: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Go to http://www.ibm.com/support/.2. Under Support type, select BladeCenter.3. Under Popular links, select Operating system installation.4. Under Choose the system you want instructions for, click BladeCenter HS22.5. From the Installation list, select your operating system to display the available

installation documents.

Using the PXE boot agent utility programUse these instruction to start the PXE boot agent utility program.

Use the Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) boot agent utility program to selectthe boot protocol and other boot options and to select a power-managementoption.

Notes:

1. The blade server does not support Remote Program Load (RPL) selection forthe boot protocol option.

2. Enabling PXE might reduce the number of optional expansion modules thatyour blade server can manage.

To start the PXE boot agent utility program, complete the following steps:1. Turn on the server (see “Turning on the blade server” on page 14).2. When the Broadcom NetXtreme Boot Agent vX.X.X prompt is displayed, press

Ctrl + S. You have 2 seconds (by default) to press Ctrl + S after the prompt isdisplayed.

3. Follow the instructions on the screen to change the settings of the selecteditems.

Firmware updatesUse this information to update the blade server to the latest levels of UEFI codeand firmware updates.

IBM periodically makes UEFI code, service processor (IMM) firmware, anddiagnostic firmware updates available for the blade server. Before you install theblade server in a BladeCenter unit, go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/to download the latest firmware for the blade server. Install the updates, using theinstructions that are included with the downloaded files.

Important: To avoid problems and to maintain system performance, always makesure that the UEFI code, service processor (IMM) firmware, and diagnosticfirmware levels are consistent for all blade servers within the BladeCenter unit.

32 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 45: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Configuring UEFI compatible devicesUse this information to configure UEFI compatible devices.

Your IBM BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936 blade server is UEFI compatible.UEFI compatible expansion cards can be configured through the Setup utility. Toconfigure a UEFI compatible expansion card, complete the following steps:

Note: Before configuring a UEFI compatible device, it is recommended to updatethe firmware for your blade server. See “Firmware updates” on page 32 forinformation on how to update the firmware for your blade server.1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).2. Select System Settings → Adapters and UEFI drivers.3. Select Please refresh this page first and press Enter.4. Select the device driver that you want to configure and press Enter.5. When you have finished changing settings, press Esc to exit from the program;

select Save to save the settings that you have changed.

Configuring the Gigabit Ethernet controllerUse this information to locate the device drivers for the Gigabit Ethernet controller.

One dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controller is integrated on the blade server systemboard. The controller provides a 1000 Mbps full-duplex interface for connecting toone of the Ethernet-compatible I/O modules in I/O-module bays 1 and 2, whichenables simultaneous transmission and reception of data on the Ethernet local areanetwork (LAN). The Ethernet controller on the system board is routed toI/O-module bay 1 or bay 2. The logical link of each Ethernet port to anI/O-module bay is assigned by the operating system.

You do not have to set any jumpers or configure the controller for the blade serveroperating system. However, you must install a device driver to enable the bladeserver operating system to address the Ethernet controller. For device drivers andinformation about configuring the Ethernet controller, complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Go to http://www.ibm.com/support/.2. Under Select product or service type for support, select BladeCenter.3. Under Popular links, click Software and device drivers.4. From the IBM BladeCenter menu, select BladeCenter HS22.5. From the download categories, click the Networking category.6. Find the device driver for your operating system; then, click on the version

number to go to the download page for the device driver.

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 33

Page 46: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Configuring a RAID arrayUse this information to configure a RAID array.

Configuring a RAID array applies only to a blade server in which two or morestorage drives are installed.

Note: When configuring a RAID array, the storage drives must use the same typeof interface. For example, a RAID array can be configured with two SAS storagedrives, two SATA storage drives, or two SSD storage drives.

You can use two storage drives in the blade server to implement and manageRAID level-0 (striping) or RAID level-1 (mirror) arrays in operating systems thatare listed on the ServerProven® list at http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/serverproven/compat/us/. For the blade server, you must configure the RAID byusing the LSI Configuration Utility program.

If an optional RAID expansion card is installed, you can use it to control all of thestorage drives that are installed in the blade server. See the documentation thatcomes with the expansion card for information on how to configure the RAIDarray.

Important: You must create the RAID array before you install the operating systemon the blade server.

You can use the LSI Logic Configuration Utility program to configure the storagedrives and the SAS controller. To start the LSI Logic Configuration Utility, see“Using the LSI Logic Configuration Utility program.”

Using the LSI Logic Configuration Utility programUse these instructions to start the LSI Logic Configuration Utility program.

You can use the LSI Logic Configuration Utility program to perform the followingtasks:v Set the SAS device scan orderv Set the SAS ID for the controllerv Manage the SAS RAID configuration

To start the LSI Logic Configuration Utility program, complete the following steps:

Note: The LSI controller on your blade server is a UEFI compatible device and canalso be configured through the Setup utility for your blade server (see“Configuring UEFI compatible devices” on page 33).1. Turn on the blade server, and make sure that the blade server is the owner of

the keyboard, video, and mouse.2. When the <<<Press Ctrl-C to start LSI Logic Configuration Utility>>>

prompt is displayed, press Ctrl+C.3. Use the arrow keys to select the controller from the list of adapters; then, press

Enter.4. Follow the instructions on the screen to change the settings of the selected

items; then, press Enter. If you select SAS Topology or Advanced AdapterProperties, additional screens are displayed.

34 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 47: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Using LAN over USB to interface the IMMUnlike the BMC, the IMM does not require IPMI device drivers or USB daemonsfor in-band IMM communication. Instead, a LAN over USB interface enablesin-band communications to the IMM; the IMM hardware on the system boardpresents an internal Ethernet NIC from the IMM to the operating system. LANover USB is also called the "USB in-band interface" in the IMM Web interface.

Typically, the IMM IP address for the LAN over USB interface is set to a staticaddress of 169.254.95.118 with a subnet mask of 255.255.0.0. In the event of an IPaddress collision on the network, the IMM might obtain a different IP address inthe 169.254.xxx.xxx range. The IMM first attempts to use the default static address,169.254.95.118. If that IP address is already in use, the IMM attempts to randomlyobtain an address until it finds one that is not in use.

Because the IMM might obtain a random IP address for the LAN over USBinterface, the IBM Advanced Settings Utility (ASU) and firmware flash utilities,DSA, and the IBM Director Agent use the Service Location Protocol (SLP) todiscover the IMM IP address. These tools perform an SLP multicast discovery onthe LAN over USB interface. When they receive a response from the IMM, theyobtain the attributes that contain the IP address the IMM is using for the LAN overUSB interface.

Potential conflicts with the LAN over USB interfaceIn some situations, the IMM LAN over USB interface can conflict with certainnetwork configurations, applications, or both.

In some situations, the IMM LAN over USB interface can conflict with certainnetwork configurations, applications, or both. For example, Open MPI attempts touse all of the available network interfaces on a server. Open MPI detects the IMMLAN over USB interface and attempts to use it to communicate with other systemsin a clustered environment. The LAN over USB interface is an internal interface, sothis interface does not work for external communications with other systems in thecluster.

Resolving conflicts with the IMM LAN over USB interfaceUse this information to resolve LAN over USB conflicts with networkconfigurations and applications.

There are several actions that resolve LAN over USB conflicts with networkconfigurations and applications:1. For conflicts with Open MPI, configure the application so it does not attempt to

use this interface.2. Take the interface down (run ifdown under Linux).3. Remove the driver (run rmmod under Linux).4. Disable the USB in-band interface on the IMM through either the IMM Web

interface or the AMM Web interface.

Important: If you disable the USB in-band interface, you cannot perform anin-band update of the IMM firmware using the Linux or Windows flashutilities. If the USB in-band interface is disabled, use the Firmware Updateoption on the IMM Web interface to update the firmware.

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 35

Page 48: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

If you disable the USB in-band interface, also disable the watchdog timeouts toprevent the server from restarting unexpectedly.v Use the following steps to disable the LAN over USB interface from the IMM

Web interface.a. Log in to the IMM on which you want to disable the USB device driver

interface.b. In the navigation pane, click System Settings and scroll down to the

Miscellaneous area.c. Select the Do not allow commands on USB interface check box to

disable the USB in-band interface. Selecting this option does not affect theUSB remote presence functions (for example, keyboard, mouse, and massstorage). When you disable the USB in-band interface, the in-bandsystems-management applications such as the Advanced Settings Utility(ASU) and firmware update package utilities might not work.

Note: The ASU works with a disabled USB in-band interface if an IPMIdevice driver is installed.If you try to use systems-management applications while the in-bandinterface is disabled, they might not work.

d. Click Save.v Use the following steps to disable the LAN over USB interface from the

Advanced Management Module (AMM) Web interface:a. Log in to the AMM Web interface.b. In the navigation pane, click Blade Configuration under the Blade Tasks

heading.c. Scroll down to the Service Processor LAN over USB interface are on the

Blade Configuration web page. The section lists all blades in the chassiswhich are capable of enabling and disabling the LAN over USB interface.

d. Select the check boxes next to the blade or blades that you want to enableor disable.

e. Click the Disable button to disable the LAN over USB interface on theselected blades.

Configuring the LAN over USB interface manually

The IMM using the LAN over USB interface requires operating-system drivers andother configuration. The firmware update package or Advanced Settings Utilityattempt to perform the setup automatically, if needed. If the automatic setup failsor if you prefer to set up the LAN over USB manually, use one of the followingprocesses. For more information about LAN over USB configuration on differentoperating systems, see the IBM white paper Transitioning to UEFI and IMM on theIBM web site (see “Related documentation” on page 8 for information on how tofind publications for your blade server).

Windows IPMI device driverUse this information to install the Microsoft IPMI device driver.

The Microsoft IPMI device driver is not installed by default on Microsoft WindowsServer 2003 R2 operating systems. To install the Microsoft IPMI device driver,complete the following steps:1. From the Windows desktop, click Start → Control Panel→ Add or Remove

Programs.

36 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 49: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

2. Click Add/Remove Windows Components.3. From the component list, select Management and Monitoring Tools, and then

click Details.4. Select Hardware Management.5. Click Next. The installation wizard opens and guides you through the

installation.

Note: The Windows installation disk might be required.

LAN over USB Windows Driver InstallationUse this information to install the LAN over USB driver for Windows.

When you install Windows, there will be an unknown RNDIS device in the devicemanager. IBM provides a Windows INF file that identifies this device. The signedversion of the INF is included in all of the Windows versions of the IMM, UEFI,and DSA update packages. Perform the following steps to installibm_rndis_server_os.inf.

Note: These steps only need to be performed if the server is running a Windowsoperating system and the ibm_rndis_server_os.inf file has not been previouslyinstalled. The file needs to be installed only once. It is required by Windowsoperating systems to detect and use the LAN over USB functionality.1. Obtain a Windows version of the IMM, server firmware, and DSA update

package (see “Firmware updates” on page 32 for more information).2. Extract the ibm_rndis_server_os.inf and device.cat files from the firmware

update package and copy them to the \WINDOWS\inf subdirectory.3. For Windows 2003: Install the ibm_rndis_server_os.inf file by right-clicking

on the file and selecting Install. This generates a PNF file of the same name in\WINDOWS\inf.For Windows 2008: Go to Computer Management, then Device Manager andfind the RNDIS Device. Select Properties > Driver > Reinstall driver. Pointthe server to the \Windows\inf directory where it can find theibm_rndis_server_os.inf file and install the device.

4. Go to Computer Management then Device Manager and right-click onNetwork adapters and select Scan for hardware changes. A small pop-upconfirms that the Ethernet device is found and installed. The New HardwareWizard starts automatically.

5. When you are prompted with the question, “Can Windows connect toWindows Update to search for software?", select No, not this time. Click Nextto continue.

6. When you are prompted with the question, "What do you want the wizard todo?", select Install from a list or specific location (Advanced). Click Next tocontinue.

7. When you are prompted with the statement, "Please choose your search andinstallation options", select Don't search. I will choose the driver to install.Click Next to continue.

8. When you are prompted with the statement, "Select a hardware type, andthen click Next", select Network adapters. Click Next to continue.

9. You are prompted with the statement, "Completing the Found New HardwareWizard". Click Finish.

Note: A new local area connection appears and might state, "This connectionhas limited or no connectivity". Ignore this message.

Chapter 3. Configuring the blade server 37

Page 50: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

10. Go back to the Device Manager. IBM USB Remote NDIS Network Deviceappears under Network Adapters.

11. Open a command prompt, type ipconfig, and press Enter. The local areaconnection for the IBM USB RNDIS appears with an IP address in the range of169.254.xxx.xxx with a subnet mask set to 255.255.0.0.

LAN over USB Linux Driver InstallationUse this information to install the LAN over USB driver for Linux.

Current versions of Linux, such as RHEL5 Update 2 and SLES10 Service Pack 2,support the LAN over USB interface by default. This interface is detected anddisplayed during the installation of these operating systems. When you configurethe device, use a static IP address of 169.254.95.130 with a subnet mask of255.255.0.0.

Note: Older Linux distributions might not detect the LAN over USB interface, andmight require manual configuration. For information about configuring LAN overUSB on specific Linux distributions, see the IBM white paper Transitioning to UEFIand IMM on the IBM web site (see “Related documentation” on page 8 forinformation on how to find publications for your blade server).

The IMM LAN over USB interface requires that the usbnet and cdc_ether driversbe loaded. If the drivers have not been installed, use modprobe to install them.When these drivers are loaded, the IMM USB network interface shows up as anetwork device in the operating system. To discover the name that the operatingsystem has assigned to the IMM USB network interface, type:dmesg | grep -i cdc ether

The interface is configured with ifconfig to have an IP address in the range169.254.xxx.xxx. For example:ifconfig IMM_device_name 169.254.1.102 netmask 255.255.0.0

This interface is configured to come up with an IP address in the 169.254.xxx.xxxrange each time that the operating system is booted.

38 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 51: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Chapter 4. Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936

Use this information to remove and replace blade server components.

The following replaceable components are available for the IBM BladeCenter HS22Type 7870 and 1936 blade server. For an updated parts listing on the Web,complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.2. Under Product support, click BladeCenter.3. Under Popular links, click Software and device drivers.4. Click BladeCenter HS22 to display the matrix of downloadable files for the

blade server.

Note: The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 39

Page 52: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Replaceable components are of three types:v Consumable parts: Purchase and replacement of consumable parts (components,

such as batteries and printer cartridges, that have depletable life) is yourresponsibility. If IBM acquires or installs a consumable part at your request, youwill be charged for the service.

v Tier 1 customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is yourresponsibility. If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request, you will be chargedfor the installation.

v Tier 2 customer replaceable unit: You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself orrequest IBM to install it, at no additional charge, under the type of warrantyservice that is designated for your server.

v Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by trained servicetechnicians.

For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance,see the Warranty and Support Information document.

Index DescriptionCRU partnumber(Tier 1)

CRU partnumber(Tier 2)

FRU partnumber

1 Cover (all models) 46C7201

2Expansion card, Broadcom 10 Gb 2-port Ethernet CFFh(option)

44W4469

2Expansion card, Broadcom 10 Gb Gen 2 2-port Ethernet CFFh(option)

46M6169

2Expansion card, Broadcom 10 Gb 4-port Ethernet CFFh(option)

44W4472

2 Expansion card, 2/4 port Ethernet CFFh (option) 44W4488

2Expansion card, 2-Port 10Gb multi-function I/O adapter CFFh(option)

49Y4239

2 Expansion card, 2-Port 40Gb Infiniband CFFh (option) 46M6002

2 Expansion card, 4X Infiniband DDR CFFh (option) 49Y9976

2 Expansion card, Emulex 2-Port 40Gb Infiniband CFFh (option) 46M6002

2Expansion card, QLogic 2-port 10Gb Converged NetworkAdapter CFFh (option)

42C1832

2Expansion card, QLogic Ethernet and 8 Gb Fibre ChannelCFFh (option)

44X1943

3 Heat sink, microprocessor (all models) 46C3545

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon L5609 1.86 GHz/4.8GTpsQPI/1066MHz-12MB 40W (quad core) (model CTO)

69Y0783

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5502 1.86 GHz/4.8GTpsQPI/800MHz-4MB 80W (dual core) (model EDx)

46D1272

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon L5508 2.0 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-8MB 38W (dual core) (models M1x and M1x)

59Y5571

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5503 2.0 GHz/4.8GTpsQPI/800MHz-4MB 80W (dual core) (model EEx)

69Y0781

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5504 2.0 GHz/4.8GTpsQPI/800MHz-4MB 80W (dual core) (models A2x and CCx)

46D1271

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon L5630 2.13 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-12MB 40W (quad core) (model EGx)

59Y3691

40 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 53: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Index DescriptionCRU partnumber(Tier 1)

CRU partnumber(Tier 2)

FRU partnumber

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon L5506 2.13 GHz/4.8GTpsQPI/800MHz-4MB 60W (quad core) (model CTO)

46D1268

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5506 2.13 GHz/4.8GTpsQPI/800MHz-4MB 80W (quad core) (model CTO)

46D1270

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon L5518 2.13 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-8MB 60W (quad core) (models M2x and M3x)

49Y5174

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5507 2.26 GHz/4.8GTpsQPI/800MHz-4MB 80W (quad core) (model D3x)

69Y0782

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon L5520 2.26 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-8MB 60W (quad core) (models 2Mx, 6Mx, andL2x)

46D1269

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5520 2.26 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-8MB 80W (quad core) (model L2x)

46D1267

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon L5640 2.26 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1333MHz-12MB 60W (six core) (model N2x)

49Y7054

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon L5530 2.40 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-8MB 60W (quad core) (model L3x)

49Y6807

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5530 2.40 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-8MB 80W (quad core) (model B3x)

46D1266

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5620 2.40 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-12MB 80W (quad core) (model G3y)

49Y7053

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5540 2.53 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-8MB 80W (quad core) (model B4x)

46D1265

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5630 2.53 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-12MB 80W (quad core) (model EGx)

49Y7052

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon E5640 2.66 GHz/5.86GTpsQPI/1066MHz-12MB 80W (quad core) (models G4x and GCx)

49Y7051

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon X5650 2.66 GHz/6.4GTpsQPI/1333MHz-12MB 95W (six core) (model H2x)

49Y7040

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon X5550 2.67 GHz/6.4 GTpsQPI/1333MHz-8MB 95W (quad core) (model C2x)

46D1264

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon X5560 2.80 GHz/6.4 GTpsQPI/1333MHz-8MB 95W (quad core) (models ECx, C3x, 5Mx,and 1Mx)

46D1263

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon X5660 2.80 GHz/6.4 GTpsQPI/1333MHz-12MB 95W (six core) (model CTO)

49Y7039

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon X5570 2.93 GHz/6.4 GTpsQPI/1333MHz-8MB 95W (quad core) (model 3Mx)

46D1262

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon X5670 2.93 GHz/6.4 GTpsQPI/1333MHz-12MB 95W (six core) (model H4x)

49Y7038

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon X5667 3.06 GHz/6.4 GTpsQPI/1333MHz-12MB 95W (quad core) (model H5x)

49Y7050

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon X5680 3.33 GHz/6.4 GTpsQPI/1333MHz-12MB 130W (six core) (models F2x)

69Y0849

4Microprocessor, Intel Xeon X5677 3.46 GHz/6.4 GTpsQPI/1333MHz-12MB 130W (quad core) (model F3x)

69Y0850

5 Memory, DIMM filler 60H2962

Chapter 4. Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936 41

Page 54: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Index DescriptionCRU partnumber(Tier 1)

CRU partnumber(Tier 2)

FRU partnumber

6 Memory, 1 GB VLP DDR3 (models A4x and D3x) 44T1495

6Memory, 1 GB single rank VLP DDR3-1333 PC3-10600 (usewith Intel Xeon 5600 series microprocessors)

49Y1437

6 Memory, 2 GB VLP DDR3-1333 44T1497

6 Memory, 2GB single rank VLP DDR3-1333 (1.35V) 46C0573

6Memory, 2 GB single rank VLP DDR3-1333 PC3-10600 (for usewith Intel Xeon 5600 series microprocessors)

49Y1439

6Memory, 2 GB dual rank VLP DDR3-1333 PC3-10600 (for usewith Intel Xeon 5600 series microprocessors)

49Y1438

6 Memory, 4GB single rank VLP DDR3-1333 (1.35V) 46C0579

6Memory, 4 GB dual rank VLP DDR3-1333 PC3-10600 (for usewith Intel Xeon 5600 series microprocessors)

49Y1440

6 Memory, 4 GB dual rank VLP DDR3-1333 (2DPC@1333) 46C0533

6 Memory, 4 GB VLP DDR3 (Type 1936) 46C0528

6 Memory, 4 GB VLP DDR3-1333 (Type 7870) 44T1498

6 Memory, 8 GB VLP DDR3 (Type 1936) 46C0529

6 Memory, 8 GB VLP DDR3-1066 (Type 7870) 44T1580

6 Memory, 8GB single rank VLP DDR3-1333 (1.35V) 46C0581

6 Memory, 8 GB VLP DDR3-1333 (Type 7870) 46C7455

6Memory, 8 GB dual rank VLP DDR3-1333 PC3-10600 (use withIntel Xeon 5600 series microprocessors)

49Y1441

6 Memory, 8 GB dual rank VLP DDR3-1333 (2DPC@1333) 46C0534

7 Front bezel 46D1141

8 Control panel (front bezel) 46D1120

9 Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch hot-swap SAS 73 GB, 10K, (option) 43W7537

9 Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch hot-swap SAS 73 GB, 15K, (option) 43W7546

9Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch SFF slim hot-swap SAS 73 GB, 15K6Gbps (option)

42D0673

9 Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch hot-swap SAS 146 GB, 10K (option) 43W7538

9Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch SFF slim hot-swap SAS 146 GB, 10K6Gbps (option)

42D0633

9Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch SFF slim hot-swap SAS 146 GB, 15K6Gbps (option)

42D0678

9Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch SFF slim hot-swap SAS 160 GB, 7200(option)

42D0748

9 Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch hot-swap SATA 300 GB, 10K (option) 43W7673

9Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch SFF slim hot-swap SAS 300 GB, 10K6Gbps (option)

42D0638

9Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch SFF slim hot-swap SAS 500 GB, 7200(option)

42D0753

9Hard disk drive, 2.5 inch SFF slim hot-swap SAS 500 GB, 72006Gbps NL (option)

42D0708

9 Solid state drive, 2.5 inch hot-swap SATA 31.4 GB (option) 43W7685

42 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 55: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Index DescriptionCRU partnumber(Tier 1)

CRU partnumber(Tier 2)

FRU partnumber

9Solid state drive, 2.5 inch SFF slim High IOPS hot-swap SATA50 GB (option)

43W7717

10 Blade handle (right) included in the miscellaneous parts kit 46D1122

11 Blade handle (left) included in the miscellaneous parts kit 46D1122

12 Hot-swap storage-bay filler 44T2248

13 Heat sink filler 46C3548

15Blade server base assembly type 1 for use with Intel Xeon 5500series microprocessors (includes the system board without amicroprocessor)

49Y5118

15 Blade server base assembly type 2 for use with Intel Xeon 5600series microprocessors (includes the system board without amicroprocessor) for models EGx, F2x, F3x, G2x, G4x, GCx,H2x, H4x, H5x, HAx, and N2x.

68Y8000

16 Expansion card, 4GB Fibre Channel CIOv (option) 46M6068

16 Expansion card, 8GB Fibre Channel CIOv (option) 44X1948

16 Expansion card, Emulex 8Gb Fibre Channel Dual-Port CIOv(option)

46M6138

16 Expansion card, Gigabit Ethernet CIOv (option) 44W4487

16 Expansion card, LSI 1078 RAID with battery backed cacheCIOv (option)

46C7171

16 Expansion card, SAS passthrough CIOv (option) 46C4069

16 Expansion card, Qlogic 4Gb Fibre Channel CIOv (option) 49Y4237

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Canada, Eng/Fr 41Y8746

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Brazil/Mexico 41Y8747

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Taiwan/Japan 41Y8748

Alcohol Wipe Kit, China/Malaysia 41Y8749

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Austrailia/UK 41Y8750

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Korea 41Y8751

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Other Countries 41Y8752

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Hungary 41Y8753

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Latin America 41Y8754

Alcohol Wipe Kit, China 41Y8757

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Hong Kong 41Y8758

Alcohol Wipe Kit, India 41Y8759

Alcohol Wipe Kit, Singapore 41Y8760

IBM USB key for VMware ESXi 42D0545

PCI I/O expansion unit III 43W4390

Label, system service 46C3473

Label, FRU list 46D1123

Kit, miscellaneous parts (all models) 46D1122

Label, Warning 90P4799

VMware update 4 recovery CD 46M9238

Chapter 4. Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936 43

Page 56: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Consumable parts are not covered by the IBM Statement of Limited Warranty. Thefollowing consumable parts are available for purchase from the retail store.

Table 2. Consumable parts, Type 7970

Index DescriptionConsumablepart number

14 Battery, 3.0 volt (all models) 33F8354

Battery option for ServeRAID MR10ie CIOv expansion card(option)

46C7177

To order a consumable part, complete the following steps:1. Go to http://www.ibm.com.2. From the Products menu, select Upgrades, accessories & parts.3. Click Obtain maintenance parts; then, follow the instructions to order the part

from the retail store.

If you need help with your order, call the toll-free number that is listed on theretail parts page, or contact your local IBM representative for assistance.

44 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 57: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components

Use this information to remove and replace components in the blade server.

Replaceable components are of three types:v Consumable parts: Purchase and replacement of consumable parts (components,

such as batteries and printer cartridges, that have depletable life) is yourresponsibility. If IBM acquires or installs a consumable part at your request, youwill be charged for the service.

v Tier 1 customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is yourresponsibility. If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request, you will be chargedfor the installation.

v Tier 2 customer replaceable unit: You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself orrequest IBM to install it, at no additional charge, under the type of warranty thatis designated for your server.

v Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by trained servicetechnicians.

See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determinewhether a component is a Tier 1 CRU, Tier 2 CRU, or FRU.

For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance,see the Warranty and Support Information document.

Installation guidelinesUse these guidelines before you install the blade server or optional devices.

Before you install optional devices, read the following information:v Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Handling

static-sensitive devices” on page 46. This information will help you work safely.v When you install your new blade server, take the opportunity to download and

apply the most recent firmware updates. This step will help to ensure that anyknown issues are addressed and that your blade server is ready to function atmaximum levels of performance.To download firmware updates for your blade server, complete the followingsteps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.2. Under Product support, click BladeCenter.3. Under Popular links, click Software and device drivers.4. Click BladeCenter HS22 to display the matrix of downloadable files for the

blade server.v Observe good housekeeping in the area where you are working. Place removed

covers and other parts in a safe place.v Back up all important data before you make changes to disk drives.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 45

Page 58: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Before you remove a blade server from the BladeCenter unit, you must shutdown the operating system and turn off the blade server. You do not have toshut down the BladeCenter unit itself.

v Blue on a component indicates touch points, where you can grip the componentto remove it from or install it in the blade server, open or close a latch, and soon.

v Orange on a component or an orange label on or near a component indicatesthat the component can be hot-swapped, which means that if the server andoperating system support hot-swap capability, you can remove or install thecomponent while the server is running. (Orange can also indicate touch pointson hot-swap components.) See the instructions for removing or installing aspecific hot-swap component for any additional procedures that you might haveto perform before you remove or install the component.

v For a list of supported optional devices for the blade server, seehttp://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/serverproven/compat/us/.

System reliability guidelinesUse this information to make sure that the blade server meets the proper coolingand reliability guidelines.

To help make sure that proper cooling and system reliability requirements are met,review the following guidelines:v To ensure proper cooling, do not operate the BladeCenter unit without a blade

server, expansion unit, or blade filler installed in each blade-server bay. See thedocumentation for your BladeCenter unit for additional information.

v Each microprocessor socket always contains either a microprocessor dust coverand heat sink filler or a microprocessor and heat sink. If the blade server hasonly one microprocessor, it must be installed in microprocessor socket 1.

v Each DIMM socket always contains a memory module or filler.v Each hot-swap SAS bay contains a SAS storage drive or filler.v Make sure that the ventilation holes on the blade server are not blocked.v The blade server battery must be operational. If the battery becomes defective,

replace it immediately.

Handling static-sensitive devicesUse this information to observe the static-sensitive device requirements.

Attention: Static electricity can damage the blade server and other electronicdevices. To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in their static-protectivepackages until you are ready to install them.

To reduce the possibility of damage from electrostatic discharge, observe thefollowing precautions:v When you work on a BladeCenter unit that has an electrostatic discharge (ESD)

connector, use a wrist strap, especially when you handle modules, optionaldevices, or blade servers. To work correctly, the wrist strap must have a goodcontact at both ends (touching your skin at one end and firmly connected to theESD connector on the front or back of the BladeCenter unit).

v Limit your movement. Movement can cause static electricity to build up aroundyou.

v Handle the device carefully, holding it by its edges or its frame.v Do not touch solder joints, pins, or exposed circuitry.

46 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 59: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Do not leave the device where others can handle and damage it.v While the device is still in its static-protective package, touch it to an unpainted

metal part of the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metal surface on any othergrounded rack component in the rack in which you are installing the device forat least 2 seconds. This drains static electricity from the package and from yourbody.

v Remove the device from its package and install it directly into the blade serverwithout setting down the device. If it is necessary to set down the device, put itback into its static-protective package. Do not place the device on the bladeserver cover or on a metal surface.

v Take additional care when you handle devices during cold weather. Heatingreduces indoor humidity and increases static electricity.

Returning a device or componentUse this information for instructions to return a device or component to serviceand support.

If you are instructed to return a device or component, follow all packaginginstructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied toyou.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 47

Page 60: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing the blade server from the BladeCenter unitUse these instructions to remove the blade server from the BladeCenter unit.

The following illustration shows how to remove a single-width type of bladeserver or blade filler from a Type 8677 BladeCenter unit. The appearance of yourBladeCenter unit might be different; see the documentation for your BladeCenterunit for additional information.

Attention:

v To maintain proper system cooling, do not operate the BladeCenter unit withouta blade server, expansion unit, or filler module installed in each blade serverbay.

v When you remove the blade server, note the blade-server bay number.Reinstalling a blade server into a different blade server bay from the one it wasremoved from can have unintended consequences. Some configurationinformation and update options are established according to blade-server baynumber; if you reinstall the blade server into a different bay, you might have toreconfigure the blade server.

To remove the blade server, complete the following steps:1. If the blade server is operating, shut down the operating system (see the

documentation for your operating system for more information).2. If the server is still on, press the power-control button for four seconds to turn

off the blade server (see “Turning off the blade server” on page 14 for moreinformation).Attention: Wait at least 30 seconds, until the storage devices stops spinning,before you proceed to the next step.

3. Open the two release handles as shown in the illustration. The blade servermoves out of the blade server bay approximately 0.6 cm (0.25 inch).

4. Pull the blade server out of the bay.5. Place either a blade filler or another blade server in the blade server bay within

1 minute.

48 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 61: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing the blade server in a BladeCenter unitUse these instructions to install the blade server in a BladeCenter unit.

The following illustration shows how to install a blade server into a BladeCenterunit. The appearance of your BladeCenter unit might be different; see thedocumentation for your BladeCenter unit for additional information. To install ablade server in a BladeCenter unit, complete the following steps.

Statement 21

CAUTION:Hazardous energy is present when the blade server is connected to the powersource. Always replace the blade cover before installing the blade server.

1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installationguidelines” on page 45.

2. Select the blade bay for the blade server; at least one blade bay is required.

Notes:

a. When any blade server or device is in blade bay 7 through 14, powermodules must be installed in all four power-module bays. For additionalinformation, see the Installation and User’s Guide that comes with theBladeCenter unit.

b. If you are reinstalling a blade server that you removed, you must install itin the same blade bay from which you removed it. Some blade serverconfiguration information and update options are established according toblade server bay number. Reinstalling a blade server into a different bladeserver bay number from the one which it was removed can haveunintended consequences, and you might have to reconfigure the bladeserver.

c. To help ensure proper cooling, performance, and system reliability, makesure that each blade bay on the front of the BladeCenter unit contains ablade server, expansion unit, or blade filler. Do not operate a BladeCenterunit for more than 1 minute without a blade server, expansion unit, orblade filler in each blade bay.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 49

Page 62: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

3. Make sure that the release handles on the blade server are in the openposition (perpendicular to the blade server).

4. Slide the blade server into the blade bay until it stops.5. Push the release handles on the front of the blade server to the closed

position.

Note: After the blade server is installed, the service processor in the bladeserver initializes and synchronizes with the management module. This processtakes approximately two minutes to complete. The power-on LED flashesrapidly, and the power-control button on the blade server does not responduntil this process is complete.

6. Turn on the blade server (see “Turning on the blade server” on page 14 forinstructions).

7. Make sure that the power-on LED on the blade server control panel is litcontinuously, indicating that the blade server is receiving power and is turnedon.

8. If you have other blade servers to install, do so now.9. Optional: Write identifying information on one of the labels that come with

the blade servers and place the label on the BladeCenter unit bezel. See thedocumentation for your BladeCenter unit for information about the labelplacement.

Important: Do not place the label on the blade server or in any way block theventilation holes on the blade server.

10. Reinstall the bezel assembly on the BladeCenter T unit (BladeCenter T unitonly). For detailed instructions for reinstalling the bezel assembly, see theInstallation and User’s Guide that comes with the BladeCenter T unit.

If you have changed the configuration of the blade server or if you are installing adifferent blade server from the one that you removed, you must configure theblade server through the Setup utility, and you might have to install the bladeserver operating system. Detailed information about these tasks is available in theInstallation and User’s Guide.

50 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 63: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing and replacing Tier 1 customer replaceable units (CRUs)Use this information for removing and replacing Tier 1 CRUs.

Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your responsibility. If IBM installs a Tier 1 CRU atyour request, you will be charged for the installation.

Removing the blade server coverUse these instructions to open the blade server cover.

The following illustration shows how to open the cover on the blade server.

To open the blade server cover, complete the following steps.1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removing

the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for instructions).3. Carefully lay the blade server on a flat, static-protective surface, with the cover

side up.4. Press the blade server cover release on each side of the blade server or

expansion unit and lift the cover open, as shown in the illustration.5. Lay the cover flat, or lift it from the blade server and store for future use.

Statement 21

CAUTION:Hazardous energy is present when the blade server is connected to the powersource. Always replace the blade cover before installing the blade server.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 51

Page 64: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Closing the blade server coverUse these instructions for information about how to close the blade server cover.

Attention: You cannot insert the blade server into the BladeCenter unit until thecover is installed and closed or an expansion unit is installed. Do not attempt tooverride this protection.

To close the blade server cover, complete the following steps:

1. Close the DIMM access door by rotating the door towards the DIMMconnectors.

2. If you removed an expansion unit from the blade server, install it now (see“Installing an optional expansion unit” on page 54).

3. Lower the cover so that the slots at the rear slide down onto the pins at therear of the blade server, as shown in the illustration. Before you close the cover,make sure that all components are installed and seated correctly and that youhave not left loose tools or parts inside the blade server.

4. Pivot the cover to the closed position, as shown in the illustration, until it clicksinto place.

5. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

52 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 65: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing an optional expansion unitUse these instructions to remove the optional expansion unit from the blade server.

To remove an optional expansion unit, complete the following steps:

Blade servercover release

Expansion unit

Blade servercover release

1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installationguidelines” on page 45.

2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removingthe blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for instructions).

3. Carefully lay the blade server on a flat, static-protective surface, with the coverside up.

4. Remove the blade server cover, if one is installed (see “Removing the bladeserver cover” on page 51 for instructions).

5. Remove the expansion unit:a. If the expansion unit has an extraction device, use the extraction device to

disengage the expansion unit from the blade server. These extractiondevices can be of several types, including thumbscrews or levers.

b. If the expansion unit does not have an extraction device, press the bladeserver cover release on each side of the blade server and lift the expansionunit from the blade server.

c. Rotate the expansion unit open; then, lift the expansion unit from the bladeserver.

6. If you are instructed to return the expansion unit, follow all packaginginstructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied toyou.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 53

Page 66: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing an optional expansion unitUse these instructions to install an optional expansion unit.

The optional expansion units supported for this blade server are the PCI ExpressI/O expansion unit.

Attention: If a horizontal combination-form-factor (CFFh) expansion card isinstalled on the blade server system board, you cannot install an optionalexpansion unit.

Notes:

1. The following illustration shows an optional expansion unit in a blade server.2. The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

To install an optional expansion unit, complete the following steps.

Blade servercover release

Expansion unit

Blade servercover release

1. Locate the blade expansion connector and remove the cover if one is installed(see “Blade server connectors” on page 15).

2. Touch the static-protective package that contains the optional expansion unit toany unpainted metal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metalsurface on any other grounded rack component; then, remove the optionalexpansion unit from the package.

3. Orient the optional expansion unit as shown in the illustration.4. Lower the expansion unit so that the slots at the rear slide down onto the cover

pins at the rear of the blade server; then, pivot the expansion unit down ontothe blade server.

5. If the expansion unit has an extraction device (such as a thumbscrew or alever), use it to fully engage the expansion unit on the blade server; otherwise,press the expansion unit firmly into the closed position until it clicks into place.

6. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” onpage 52).

7. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

54 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 67: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing a blade handleUse these instructions to remove a blade handle.

The following illustration shows how to remove a blade handle.

To remove a blade handle, complete the following steps.1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removing

the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for instructions).3. Carefully lay the blade server on a flat, static-protective surface, with the cover

side down.4. Locate the blade handle that you will be removing.5. Locate the screw that attaches the blade handle to the blade server.6. Remove the screw from the blade handle and save the screw in a safe place. It

is recommended to use the same screw when installing a blade handle.7. If you are instructed to return the blade handle, follow all packaging

instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied toyou.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 55

Page 68: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing a blade handleUse these instructions for information about how install a blade handle.

To install a blade handle, complete the following steps:

1. Orient the blade server with the cover side down and the bezel towards you.2. Locate where you will be installing the blade handle.

Note: The left handle and right handle are not the same part. To identify wherethe blade handle should be installed, see the illustration and parts listingprovided in Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39.

3. Orient the blade handle so that the blue release latch is towards the middle ofthe blade server.

4. Align the hole in the blade handle with the hole on the blade server where thehandle will be installed.

5. Use a screwdriver to install the screw that secures the blade handle to bladeserver. It is recommended to install the screw that was removed when theblade handle was removed.

6. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

56 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 69: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing a hot-swap storage driveUse this information to remove a hot-swap storage drive.

The blade server has two SAS hot-swap storage bays for installing or removinghot-swap storage devices, such as a SAS storage drive. To remove a hot-swap harddisk drive or drive filler, complete the following steps.

1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installationguidelines” on page 45.

2. Press the release latch (orange) on the storage drive to release the drive handle.3. Pull the release handle to remove the drive from the storage bay.4. If you are instructed to return the storage drive, follow all packaging

instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied toyou.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 57

Page 70: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing a hot-swap storage driveUse these instructions to install a hot-swap storage drive into the blade server.

The blade server has two SAS storage bays for installing hot-swap storage drives,such as a hot-swap SAS hard disk drive. One storage drive might already beinstalled in the blade server in storage bay 0. If the blade server is equipped withone storage drive, you can install an additional drive in storage bay 1. The bladeserver supports using RAID 0 or RAID 1 when two storage drives of the sameinterface type are installed. See “Configuring a RAID array” on page 34 forinformation about SAS RAID configuration.

To install a hot-swap storage drive or drive filler, complete the following steps.

1. Identify the SAS storage bay (storage bay 0 or storage bay 1) in which thehot-swap storage drive will be installed (see “Blade server connectors” on page15).

2. If a storage-bay filler is installed, remove it from the blade server by pulling therelease lever and sliding the filler away from the blade server (see “Removing ahot-swap storage drive” on page 57).

3. Touch the static-protective package that contains the hot-swap storage drive toany unpainted metal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metalsurface on any other grounded rack component; then, remove the hard diskdrive from the package.

4. Open the release lever on the hot-swap storage drive and slide the drive intothe storage bay until it is firmly seated in the connector.

5. Lock the hot-swap storage drive into place by closing the release lever.

58 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 71: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing a memory moduleUse this information to remove a memory module from the blade server.

The following illustration shows how to remove a DIMM from the blade server.This information also applies to removing a DIMM filler.

Retainingclip

DIMM

To remove a DIMM, complete the following steps.1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removing

the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48).3. Remove the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page

51).4. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove the expansion unit (see

“Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53).5. Locate the DIMM connectors (see “Blade server connectors” on page 15).

Determine which DIMM you want to remove from the blade server.Attention: To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMMconnectors, handle the clips gently.

6. Move the retaining clips on the ends of the DIMM connector to the openposition by pressing the retaining clips away from the center of the DIMMconnector.

Note: To access DIMM connector seven through twelve, use your fingers to liftthe DIMM access door.

7. Using your fingers, pull the DIMM out of the connector.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 59

Page 72: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

8. Install a DIMM or DIMM filler in each empty DIMM connector (see “Installinga memory module”).

Note: A DIMM or DIMM filler must occupy each DIMM socket before theblade server is turned on.

9. If you are instructed to return the DIMM, follow all packaging instructions, anduse any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.

Installing a memory moduleUse these instructions to install memory modules in the blade server.

The blade server has a total of twelve direct inline memory module (DIMM) slots.The blade server supports very low profile (VLP) DDR3 DIMMs with error codecorrection (ECC) in 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB and 8 GB capacities. For a list of supportedDIMMs for the blade server, see Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” onpage 39.

After you install or remove a DIMM, you must change and save the newconfiguration information by using the Setup utility. When you turn on the bladeserver, a message indicates that the memory configuration has changed. Start theSetup utility and select Save Settings (see “Setup utility menu” on page 20 formore information) to save changes.

The memory is accessed internally through the system using six channels. Eachchannel contains two DIMM connectors. The following table lists each channel andwhich DIMM connectors belong to the channel.

Table 3. Memory channel configuration

Memory channel DIMM connector

Channel 0 DIMM connector 1 and 2

Channel 1 DIMM connector 5 and 6

Channel 2 DIMM connector 3 and 4

Channel 3 DIMM connector 7 and 8

Channel 4 DIMM connector 11 and 12

Channel 5 DIMM connector 9 and 10

Depending on the memory mode that is set in the Setup utility, the blade servercan support a minimum of 1 GB and a maximum of 48 GB of system memory onthe system board in a blade server with one processor. If two microprocessors areinstalled, the blade server can support a minimum of 2 GB and a maximum of 96GB of system memory. There are two different memory modes:v Independent channel mode: Independent channel mode gives a maximum of 48

GB of usable memory with one CPU installed, and 96 GB of usable memorywith 2 CPUs installed (using 8 GB DIMMs). The DIMMs can be installedwithout matching sizes. See the table below for the memory installation order.

Table 4. System memory configuration for independent channel mode (1 microprocessor)

Installedmemory

DIMM socket

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 DIMM X

2 DIMMs X X

60 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 73: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Table 4. System memory configuration for independent channel mode (1 microprocessor) (continued)

Installedmemory

DIMM socket

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

3 DIMMs X X X

4 DIMMs X X X X

5 DIMMs X X X X X

6 DIMMs X X X X X X

Table 5. System memory configuration for independent channel mode (2 microprocessors)

Installedmemory

DIMM socket

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

2 DIMMs X X

3 DIMMs X X X

4 DIMMs X X X X

5 DIMMs X X X X X

6 DIMMs X X X X X X

7 DIMMs X X X X X X X

8 DIMMs X X X X X X X X

9 DIMMs X X X X X X X X X

10 DIMMs X X X X X X X X X X

11 DIMMs X X X X X X X X X X X

12 DIMMs X X X X X X X X X X X X

v Mirrored channel mode: In mirrored channel mode, channels 2 and 5 areunused. The memory contents on channel 0 are duplicated in channel 1, and thememory contents of channel 3 are duplicated in channel 4. The effective memoryavailable to the system is only half of that installed. The maximum availablememory (with 8 GB DIMMs) is 16 GB for a single CPU system and 32 GB for adual CPU system.

Important: The memory configuration of channel 0 must match that of channel1, and the memory configuration of channel 3 must match that of channel 4. Forexample, if a 4 GB Dual Rank DIMM is installed into the DIMM2 connector,then a 4 GB Dual Rank DIMM must also be installed into the DIMM6 connector.Table 3 on page 60 lists each channel and which DIMM connectors belong to thechannel.The following table shows the order that memory DIMMs are installed to use amirrored channel mode.

Table 6. System memory configuration for mirrored channel mode (1 microprocessor)

Installedmemory

DIMM socket

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

2 DIMMs X X

4 DIMMs X X X X

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 61

Page 74: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Table 7. System memory configuration for mirrored channel mode (2 microprocessors)

Installedmemory

DIMM socket

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

4 DIMMs X X X X

6 DIMMs X X X X X X

8 DIMMs X X X X X X X X

To install a DIMM, complete the following steps:1. Locate the DIMM connectors (see “Blade server connectors” on page 15).

Determine which DIMM connector you will be installing memory into.2. If a DIMM filler or another memory module is already installed in the DIMM

connector, remove it (see “Removing a memory module” on page 59).

Note: A DIMM or DIMM filler must occupy each DIMM socket before theblade server is turned on.

3. If you are installing a DIMM in DIMM connector seven through twelve, useyour fingers to lift the DIMM access door.

4. Touch the static-protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpaintedmetal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metal surface on anyother grounded rack component in the rack in which you are installing theDIMM for at least two seconds; then, remove the DIMM from its package.

5. To install the DIMMs, repeat the following steps for each DIMM that youinstall:

Retainingclip

DIMM

a. Make sure that the retaining clips are in the open position, away from thecenter of the DIMM connector.

b. Turn the DIMM so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the DIMMconnector on the system board.

62 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 75: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Attention: To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMMconnectors, handle the clips gently.

c. Press the DIMM into the DIMM connector. The retaining clips will lock theDIMM into the connector.

d. Make sure that the small tabs on the retaining clips are in the notches onthe DIMM. If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips, theDIMM has not been correctly installed. Press the DIMM firmly into theconnector, and then press the retaining clips toward the DIMM until thetabs are fully seated. When the DIMM is correctly installed, the retainingclips are parallel to the sides of the DIMM.

6. If the DIMM access door is open, use your fingers to close it.7. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” on

page 52).8. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the blade

server in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

Removing a USB Flash keyUse this information to remove a USB Flash key from the blade server.

The following illustration shows the removal of a USB Flash key from the bladeserver.

To remove the USB Flash key, complete the following steps.1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removing

the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48).3. Remove the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page

51).4. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove the expansion unit (see

“Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53).5. If an optional CIOv expansion card is installed, remove the CIOv expansion

card (see “Removing a CIOv-form-factor expansion card” on page 65).6. Locate the USB Flash key on the system board (see “Blade server connectors”

on page 15).

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 63

Page 76: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

7. Using your fingers, pull the USB Flash key out of the connector.8. If you are instructed to return the USB Flash key, follow all packaging

instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied toyou.

Installing a USB Flash keyUse these instructions to install a USB Flash key in the blade server.

The following illustration shows the installation of the USB Flash key.

To install a USB module, complete the following steps:1. If a CIOv expansion card is installed, remove the expansion card (see

“Removing a CIOv-form-factor expansion card” on page 65).2. Locate the USB connector on the blade server (see “Blade server connectors” on

page 15).3. Touch the static-protective package that contains the USB Flash key to any

unpainted metal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metal surfaceon any other grounded rack component in the rack in which you are installingthe USB module for at least two seconds; then, remove the USB module fromits package.

4. Orient the connector on the USB Flash key with the USB connector on theblade server.

5. Use your fingers to push the USB Flash key into the USB connector on theblade server.

6. If a CIOv expansion card was removed during the install process, install theexpansion card (see “Installing a CIOv-form-factor expansion card” on page69).

7. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” onpage 52).

8. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

64 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 77: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing an I/O expansion card

The following sections describe how to remove the following expansion cards:v vertical-combination-I/O (CIOv)v horizontal-combination-form-factor (CFFh)v CIOv storage interface card

Removing a CIOv-form-factor expansion cardUse these instructions to remove a CIOv-form-factor expansion card in the bladeserver.

The following illustration shows how to remove a vertical-combination-I/O (CIOv)expansion card.

To removel a CIOv expansion card, complete the following steps:1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removing

the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for instructions).3. Carefully lay the blade server on a flat, static-protective surface.4. Open the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page

51 for instructions).5. Touch the static-protective package that contains the expansion card to any

unpainted metal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metal surfaceon any other grounded rack component; then, remove the expansion card fromthe package.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 65

Page 78: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

6. Locate the CIOv expansion connector (see “Blade server connectors” on page15).

7. Using your fingers, move the retaining clips away from the CIOv card; then, liftthe card out of the connector.

Removing a horizontal-compact-form-factor expansion cardUse these instructions to remove a compact-form-factor expansion card from theblade server.

The following illustration shows how to remove a horizontal-compact-form-factor(CFFh) expansion card.

To remove a CFFh expansion card, complete the following steps:1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removing

the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for instructions).3. Carefully lay the blade server on a flat, static-protective surface.4. Open the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page

51 for instructions).5. Locate the CFFh expansion card. The CFFh is installed into the blade expansion

connector (see “Blade server connectors” on page 15).6. Use your fingers to hold the edge of the CFFh expansion card where it

connects to the blade expansion connector; then, lift up on the card.7. Pull the card away from the expansion-card standoff.

66 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 79: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing a storage interface cardUse this information to remove a storage interface card from the blade server.

The storage interface card controls the SAS hot-swap storage drives. The followingillustrations and installation instructions shows how to remove aServeRAID-MR10ie CIOv storage interface card from the blade server. Theillustrations and removal instructions are similar for other CIOv storage interfacecards.

To remove a storage interface card, complete the following steps.1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removing

the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for instructions).3. Remove the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page

51 for instructions).4. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove the expansion unit (see

“Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53). The storage-interface-cardoption includes the storage interface card, backup battery, and backup-batterycable. These parts can be removed separately from each other.

5. To remove the storage interface card, complete the following steps.a. Locate the storage interface card installed in the CIOv connector on the

system board (see “Blade server connectors” on page 15).

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 67

Page 80: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

b. Gently push the retaining clips away from the expansion card; then, lift thecard out of the expansion-card connector.

c. Remove the cable from the storage interface card by holding the card in onehand; then, use your other hand to pull the cable away from the card. Whenpulling the cable, make sure that you hold the cable where there is a bluetouchpoint.

6. To remove the backup-battery cable, complete the following steps.a. Remove the cable from the storage interface card by holding the blue

touchpoint on the cable; then, pull the cable away from the card.b. Remove the cable from the backup battery by holding the blue touchpoint

on the cable; then, pull the cable away from the backup battery.7. The backup battery is installed in DIMM connector seven. To remove the

backup battery, complete the following steps.

a. If you have not already done so, remove the backup-battery cable from thebackup battery by holding the blue touchpoint on the cable; then, pull thecable away from the backup battery.

b. Remove the backup battery from the DIMM connector seven by using theinstructions to remove a memory module (see “Removing a memorymodule” on page 59).

8. Remove the backup battery from DIMM connector seven.9. If you are instructed to return the storage interface card, follow all packaging

instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied toyou.

68 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 81: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing an I/O expansion card

The following sections describe how to install the following expansion cards:v vertical-combination-I/O (CIOv)v horizontal-combination-form-factor (CFFh)v CIOv storage interface card

Installing a CIOv-form-factor expansion cardUse these instructions to install a CIOv-form-factor expansion card in the bladeserver.

The blade server supports a vertical-combination-I/O (CIOv) expansion card and ahorizontal-combination-form-factor (CFFh) expansion card. The followingillustration shows the location and installation of a CIOv expansion card.

To install a CIOv expansion card, complete the following steps:1. Touch the static-protective package that contains the expansion card to any

unpainted metal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metal surfaceon any other grounded rack component; then, remove the expansion card fromthe package.

2. Locate the CIOv expansion connector (see “Blade server connectors” on page15).

3. Orient the connector on the expansion card with the CIOv expansion connectoron the system board; then, press the card into the CIOv expansion connector.

4. Firmly press on the indicated locations to seat the expansion card.

Note: For device-driver and configuration information to complete theinstallation of the expansion card, see the documentation that comes with theexpansion card.

5. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” onpage 52).

6. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 69

Page 82: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing a horizontal-compact-form-factor expansion cardUse these instructions to install a compact-form-factor expansion card in the bladeserver.

The blade server supports a horizontal-combination-form-factor (CFFh) expansioncard. The following illustration shows how to install a CFFh expansion card.

Bladeexpansionconnectorcover

Expansioncard

Expansioncardstandoff

To install a CFFh expansion card, complete the following steps:1. Locate the blade server expansion connector (see “Blade server connectors” on

page 15).2. If a cover is installed on the blade expansion connector, remove it by using

your fingers to lift the cover from the blade expansion connector.3. Touch the static-protective package that contains the expansion card to any

unpainted metal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metal surfaceon any other grounded rack component; then, remove the expansion card fromthe package.

4. Orient the expansion card and slide the slots at the back end of the card ontothe pins on the expansion-card standoff; then, gently pivot the card into theblade server expansion connector.

5. Firmly press on the indicated locations to seat the expansion card.

Note: For device-driver and configuration information to complete theinstallation of the expansion card, see the documentation that comes with theexpansion card.

6. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” onpage 52).

7. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

70 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 83: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing a storage interface cardUse this information to install a storage interface card in the blade server.

The storage interface card controls the SAS hot-swap storage drives. The followingillustrations and installation instructions shows how to install a ServeRAID-MR10iecontroller into the CIOv expansion connector of the blade server. The illustrationsand installation instructions are similar for other CIOv storage interface cards.

Note: The backup-battery will be installed in DIMM connector seven and mightaffect how much memory is recognized by the blade server. Review the tables in“Installing a memory module” on page 60 to make sure that your memoryconfiguration will not be affected.

To install a storage interface card, complete the following steps.1. Locate the CIOv expansion connector (see “Blade server connectors” on page

15).2. Touch the static-protective package that contains the storage interface card to

any unpainted metal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metalsurface on any other grounded rack component; then, remove the storageinterface card from the package.

3. If an interposer card is installed on the storage interface card, remove it.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 71

Page 84: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

a. If the interposer has a pull strap, move the pull strap away from thestorage interface card. If the pull strap surrounds the storage interfacecard, the pull strap will interfere with the removal of the interposer card.

b. Press out on the plastic latch that holds the interposer card to the storageinterface card and simultaneously lift up on the controller, as shown.

c. Separate the interposer card from the storage interface card and store theinterposer card in a safe place.

4. Install the backup-battery cable to the storage interface card.a. If you are installing a ServeRAID-MR10ie controller, select cable "B" from

the packaging.b. Locate the end of the cable marked “EXPANSION CARD”; then, with the

blue side of the cable end facing up, carefully insert the cable end into thecable connector on the ServeRAID controller.

5. Orient the connector on the storage interface card with the CIOv expansionconnector on the system board; then, press the storage interface card into theCIOv expansion connector.

6. Firmly press on the indicated locations to seat the storage interface card.

Note: For device-driver and configuration information to complete theinstallation of the expansion card, see the documentation that comes with thestorage interface card.

7. Install the backup battery for the storage interface card into DIMM connectorseven (see “Blade server connectors” on page 15 and “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

72 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 85: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

8. Install the backup-battery cable to the backup battery. The side of the cablewith the blue touchpoint should be oriented towards the center of the bladeserver.

9. Orient the backup-battery cable so that it lays flat over the top of the heat sinkfor microprocessor two.

10. If you removed an optional expansion unit, reinstall it (see “Installing anoptional expansion unit” on page 54).

11. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” onpage 52).

12. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 73

Page 86: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing and replacing Tier 2 CRUsUse this information to determine the guidelines for installing a Tier 2 CRU intoyour blade server.

You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or request IBM to install it, at no additionalcharge, under the type of warranty service that is designated for the server.

The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

Removing the bezel assemblyUse this information to remove the bezel assemble from the blade server.

The following illustration shows how to remove a bezel assembly from a bladeserver.

Note:

1. The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

To remove the bezel assembly, complete the following steps.

1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installationguidelines” on page 45.

2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see“Removing the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 forinstructions).

3. Open the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page51 for instructions).

4. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove it (see “Removing anoptional expansion unit” on page 53).

5. Carefully lay the blade server on a flat, static-protective surface, with thecover side down.

6. Locate the four Torx screws that secure the bezel assembly to the blade serverbase assembly.

74 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 87: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

7. Use a Torx T8 screwdriver to remove the four torx screws that secure thebezel assembly to the blade server base assembly. Save the torx screws in asafe place. It is recommended to use the same screws when installing thebezel assembly.

8. While holding the bezel assembly and the blade server, rotate the blade serverso that the cover side is up.

9. Lift the bezel assembly away from the blade server.10. If you are instructed to return the bezel assembly, follow all packaging

instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are suppliedto you.

Installing the bezel assemblyUse this information to install a bezel assembly in the blade server.

Note:

1. The following illustration shows how to install a bezel assembly in a bladeserver.

2. The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

To install the bezel assembly, complete the following steps.

1. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove it (see “Removing an optionalexpansion unit” on page 53).

2. If the control panel was removed, install it (see “Installing the control panel” onpage 77).

3. Orient the bezel with the front of the blade server, aligning the screw holes onthe bezel with the holes on the blade server.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 75

Page 88: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

4. Use your hand to keep the bezel assembly tight against the blade server; then,rotate the blade server so that the bottom is now facing up.

5. Use a size 8 torx screwdriver to install the four torx screws that secure thebezel assembly to the blade server. It is recommended to use the same screwsthat were removed when the bezel assembly was removed.

6. Orient the blade server so that the bottom of the blade server is down.7. Install the optional expansion unit, if you removed one from the blade server

(see “Installing an optional expansion unit” on page 54 for instructions).8. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” on

page 52).9. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the blade

server in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

Removing the control panelUse this information to remove the control panel from the blade server.

Note:

1. The following illustration shows the locations of the control panel on thesystem board.

2. The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

To remove the control panel, complete the following steps.

Control panel connector

Control panel cable

1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installationguidelines” on page 45.

2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removingthe blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48).

3. Remove the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page51).

4. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove the expansion unit (see“Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53).

5. Remove the bezel assembly (see “Removing the bezel assembly” on page 74).6. Locate the control-panel connector on the system board (see “Blade server

connectors” on page 15).7. Using your fingers, pull the control-panel cable out of the connector; then lift

the control panel from the blade server.8. If you are instructed to return the control panel, follow all packaging

instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied toyou.

76 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 89: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing the control panelUse these instructions to install the control panel in the blade server.

The blade server has a control panel that provides controls and information LEDsfor the blade server (see “Blade server controls and LEDs” on page 11). Thefollowing illustration shows how to install the control panel.

Control panel connector

Control panel cable

To install the control panel, complete the following steps:1. Locate the control-panel connector on the blade server (see “Blade server

connectors” on page 15).2. Touch the static-protective package that contains the control panel to any

unpainted metal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metal surfaceon any other grounded rack component in the rack in which you are installingthe control panel for at least two seconds; then, remove the USB module fromits package.

3. Orient the control panel so the cable aligns with the control-panel connectorand the control panel is positioned at the front of the blade server.

4. Use your fingers to install the control-panel cable into the control-panelconnector on the blade server.

5. Install the bezel assembly (see “Installing the bezel assembly” on page 75).6. Install the optional expansion unit, if you removed one from the blade server to

replace the battery (see “Installing an optional expansion unit” on page 54 forinstructions).

7. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” onpage 52).

8. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 77

Page 90: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing and replacing field replaceable unitsUse this information to remove and replace field replaceable units (FRUs).

FRUs must be installed only by trained service technicians. The illustrations in thisdocument might differ slightly from your hardware.

Removing a microprocessor and heat sinkUse this information to remove a microprocessor and heat sink from the bladeserver.

Read the following important guidelines before you remove a microprocessor thatis not faulty (for example, when you are replacing the system-board assembly).

If you are not replacing a defective heat sink or microprocessor, the thermalmaterial on the heat sink and microprocessor will remain effective if you carefullyhandle the heat sink and microprocessor when you remove or install thesecomponents. Do not touch the thermal material or otherwise allow it to becomecontaminated.

Notes:

1. The microprocessor and heat sink assembly are both field-replaceable units(FRUs) and must be replaced by a trained service technician. To contact an IBMservice representative, see “Hardware service and support” on page 220.

2. The heat-sink FRU is packaged with the thermal material applied to theunderside. This thermal material is not available as a separate FRU. You mustreplace the heat sink when new thermal material is required, such as when adefective microprocessor is replaced or if the thermal material is contaminatedor has come in contact with another object other than its paired microprocessor.

3. A heat-sink FRU can be ordered separately if the thermal material becomescontaminated.

To remove a microprocessor, complete the following steps.

1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installationguidelines” on page 45.

2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see“Removing the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 forinstructions).

78 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 91: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

3. Remove the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” onpage 51 for instructions).

4. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove the expansion unit (see“Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53).

5. Locate the microprocessor that will be removed (see “Blade server connectors”on page 15).

6. Before removing the microprocessor, you must remove the memory moduleclosest to the microprocessor.a. If you are removing microprocessor 1, remove the memory module or

DIMM filler from DIMM connector 1 (see “Removing a memory module”on page 59).

b. If you are removing microprocessor 2, remove the memory module orDIMM filler from DIMM connector 6 (see “Removing a memory module”on page 59).

7. Remove the heat sink.Attention: Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink.Touching the thermal material will contaminate it. If the thermal material onthe microprocessor or heat sink becomes contaminated, you must replace theheat sink.a. Loosen the screw on one side of the heat sink to break the seal with the

microprocessor.b. Use a screwdriver to loosen the screws on the heat sink, rotating each

screw two full turns until each screw is loose.c. Use your fingers to gently pull the heat sink from the microprocessor.

Attention: Do not use any tools or sharp objects to lift the release lever onthe microprocessor socket. Doing so might result in permanent damage to thesystem board.

Microprocessorrelease lever

Microprocessorretainer

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 79

Page 92: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

8. Rotate the locking lever on the microprocessor socket from its closed andlocked position until it stops in the fully open position (approximately a 135°angle). Lift the microprocessor retainer cover upward.Attention: Do not touch the connectors on the microprocessor and themicroprocessor socket.

9. Use your fingers to pull the microprocessor out of the socket.

Microprocessor

Microprocessorsocket

Alignment marks

Microprocessor retainer

10. If you are instructed to return the microprocessor and heat sink, follow allpackaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that aresupplied to you.

80 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 93: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing a microprocessor and heat sinkUse this information to install a microprocessor and heat sink in the blade server.

The following illustration shows how to install a microprocessor and heat sink inthe blade server.

To install a microprocessor and heat sink, complete the following steps.

Attention:

1. Do not use any tools or sharp objects to lift the locking lever on themicroprocessor socket. Doing so might result in permanent damage to thesystem board.

2. Do not touch the contacts in the microprocessor socket. Touching these contactsmight result in permanent damage to the system board.

1. If you are not installing a new microprocessor and a new heat sink, remove thethermal grease from the heat sink and microprocessor; then, apply new thermalgrease before installation (see “Thermal grease” on page 83).

2. Install the microprocessor and heat sink.

Microprocessorrelease lever

Microprocessorretainer

a. Rotate the locking lever on the microprocessor socket from its closed andlocked position until it stops in the fully open position (approximately a135° angle), as shown.

b. Rotate the microprocessor retainer on the microprocessor socket from itsclosed position until it stops in the fully open position (approximately a135° angle), as shown.

c. If a dust cover is installed over the microprocessor socket, lift the dust coverfrom the socket.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 81

Page 94: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

d. Touch the static-protective package that contains the microprocessor to anyunpainted metal surface on the BladeCenter unit or any unpainted metalsurface on any other grounded rack component; then, remove themicroprocessor from the package.

e. Remove the dust cover from the bottom of the microprocessor.

Microprocessor

Microprocessorsocket

Alignment marks

Microprocessor retainer

f. Orient the triangle painted on the corner of the microprocessor with thetriangle on the microprocessor socket.

g. Carefully place the microprocessor into the microprocessor socket, using thealignment tabs on the microprocessor with the alignment notches in themicroprocessor socket as a guide.Attention:

v Do not press the microprocessor into the socket.v Make sure that the microprocessor is oriented and aligned correctly in the

socket before you try to close the microprocessor retainer.h. Carefully close the microprocessor retainer.i. Rotate the locking lever on the microprocessor socket to the closed and

locked position. Make sure that the lever is secured in the locked position bypressing the tab on the microprocessor socket.

3. Install a heat sink on the microprocessor.Attention:

v Do not set down the heat sink after you remove the plastic cover.v Do not touch the thermal material on the bottom of the heat sink. Touching

the thermal material will contaminate it. If the thermal material on themicroprocessor or heat sink becomes contaminated, contact your servicetechnician.

a. Remove the plastic protective cover from the bottom of the heat sink.b. Make sure that the thermal material is still on the bottom of the heat sink;

then, align and place the heat sink on top of the microprocessor in theretention bracket, thermal material side down. Press firmly on the heat sink.

c. Align the three screws on the heat sink with the holes on the heat-sinkretention module.

d. Press firmly on the captive screws and tighten them with a screwdriver,alternating among the screws until they are tight. If possible, each screwshould be rotated two full rotations at a time. Repeat until the screws aretight. Do not overtighten the screws by using excessive force. If you areusing a torque wrench, tighten the screws to 8.5 Newton-meters (Nm) to 13Nm (6.3 foot-pounds to 9.6 foot-pounds).

82 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 95: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

4. Reinstall the memory module or DIMM filler closest to the microprocessor youinstalled.a. If you installed microprocessor 1, install the memory module into DIMM

connector 1 (see “Installing a memory module” on page 60).b. If you installed microprocessor 2, install the memory module into DIMM

connector 6 (see “Installing a memory module” on page 60).5. If you are using a single microprocessor, make sure that memory modules are

installed in DIMM socket 2 and DIMM socket 6. If two microprocessorsinstalled in the blade server, make sure that memory modules are installed inDIMM socket 2, DIMM socket 6, DIMM socket 8, and DIMM socket 12. See“Installing a memory module” on page 60 for more information on installing amemory module.

6. Install the optional expansion unit, if you removed one from the blade server toreplace the battery (see “Installing an optional expansion unit” on page 54 forinstructions).

7. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” onpage 52).

8. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

Thermal greaseUse this information to determine the guidelines for using thermal grease on aheat sink and processor.

The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the heat sink has been removedfrom the top of the microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris isfound in the grease.

To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor andheat sink, complete the following steps:1. Place the heat-sink assembly on a clean work surface.2. Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely.3. Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the heat

sink.

Note: Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed.4. Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the

microprocessor; then, dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal greaseis removed.

Microprocessor

0.02 mL of thermalgrease

5. Use the thermal-grease syringe to place nine uniformly spaced dots of 0.02 mLeach on the top of the microprocessor.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 83

Page 96: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Note: 0.01mL is one tick mark on the syringe. If the grease is properly applied,approximately half (0.22 mL) of the grease will remain in the syringe.

6. Continue with step 2 on page 81.

Removing the system-board assemblyUse this information to remove the system-board assembly from the blade server.

Attention: The system-board assembly is a field-replaceable unit (FRU) and mustbe replaced by a trained service technician. To contact an IBM servicerepresentative, see “Hardware service and support” on page 220.

When you replace the system board, you will replace the system board and bladebase as one assembly. After replacement, you must either update the blade serverwith the latest firmware or restore the pre-existing firmware that the customerprovides on a diskette or CD image.

Note: See “System-board layouts” on page 15 for more information on thelocations of the connectors, jumpers and LEDs on the system board.

To remove the system-board assembly, complete the following steps:1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removing

the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for instructions).3. Carefully lay the blade server on a flat, static-protective surface.4. Remove the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page

51).5. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove the expansion unit (see

“Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53).6. Remove all of the installed components in the following list from the

system-board assembly; then, place them on a static-protective surface or installthem on the new system-board assembly.v DIMMs. See “Removing a memory module” on page 59.v USB module. See “Removing a USB Flash key” on page 63.v I/O expansion cards. See “Removing a CIOv-form-factor expansion card” on

page 65, “Removing a horizontal-compact-form-factor expansion card” onpage 66, and “Removing a storage interface card” on page 67.

v Storage drives. See “Removing a hot-swap storage drive” on page 57.v Microprocessors and heat sinks. See “Removing a microprocessor and heat

sink” on page 78.7. If you are instructed to return the system-board assembly, follow all packaging

instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied toyou.

84 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 97: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing the system-board assemblyUse this information to install the system-board assembly in the blade server.

Attention: The system-board assembly is a field-replaceable unit and must bereplaced by a trained service technician. To contact an IBM service representative,see “Hardware service and support” on page 220.

Important: When you replace the system board, you must either update the serverwith the latest firmware or restore the pre-existing firmware that the customerprovides on a diskette or CD image. Make sure that you have the latest firmwareor a copy of the pre-existing firmware before you proceed. See “Updating theDMI/SMBIOS data” on page 26 and “Firmware updates” on page 32 for moreinformation.

To install the system-board assembly, complete the following steps:1. Install all of the components in the following list that you removed from the

old system-board assembly onto the new system-board assembly.v DIMMs. See “Installing a memory module” on page 60.v USB module. See “Installing a USB Flash key” on page 64.v I/O expansion cards. See “Installing a CIOv-form-factor expansion card” on

page 69, “Installing a horizontal-compact-form-factor expansion card” onpage 70, and“Installing a storage interface card” on page 71.

v Storage drives. See “Installing a hot-swap storage drive” on page 58.v Microprocessors and heat sinks. See “Installing a microprocessor and heat

sink” on page 81.2. Install the optional expansion unit, if you removed one from the blade server to

replace the battery (see “Installing an optional expansion unit” on page 54 forinstructions).

3. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover” onpage 52).

4. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

5. The Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) must be updated when the systemboard is replaced. Use the Advanced Settings Utility to update the UUID in theUEFI-based server (see “Updating the Universal Unique Identifier (UUID)” onpage 23).

6. Update the server with the latest firmware or restore the pre-existing firmwarethat the customer provides on a diskette or CD image. Make sure that you havethe latest firmware or a copy of the pre-existing firmware before you proceed.See “Updating the DMI/SMBIOS data” on page 26 and “Firmware updates” onpage 32 for more information.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 85

Page 98: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removing and replacing consumable partsUse this information to remove and replace consumable parts.

Purchase and replacement of consumable parts (components, such as batteries andprinter cartridges, that have depletable life) is your responsibility. If IBM acquiresor installs a consumable part at your request, you will be charged for the service.

Removing the batteryUse this information to remove the battery from the blade server.

To remove the battery, complete the following steps.1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see “Removing

the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for instructions).3. Remove the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page

51 for instructions).4. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove the expansion unit (see

“Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53).5. Locate the battery on the system board.

6. If there is a plastic cover on the battery holder, use your fingers to lift thebattery cover from the battery connector.

7. Release the battery by using your finger to press the top of the battery towardsthe middle of the blade server and out of the battery connector.

8. Use your thumb and index finger to lift the battery from the socket.9. Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.

86 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 99: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Installing the batteryUse this information to install a battery on the system board in the blade server.

The following notes describe information that you must consider when you arereplacing the battery in the blade server.v You must replace the battery with a lithium battery of the same type from the

same manufacturer.v To order replacement batteries, call 1-800-426-7378 within the United States, and

1-800-465-7999 or 1-800-465-6666 within Canada. Outside the U.S. and Canada,call your IBM marketing representative or authorized reseller.

v After you replace the battery, you must reconfigure the blade server and resetthe system date and time.

v To avoid possible danger, read and follow the following safety statement.

Statement 2

CAUTION:When replacing the lithium battery, use only IBM Part Number 33F8354 or anequivalent type battery recommended by the manufacturer. If your system has amodule containing a lithium battery, replace it only with the same module typemade by the same manufacturer. The battery contains lithium and can explode ifnot properly used, handled, or disposed of.

Do not:

v Throw or immerse into water

v Heat to more than 100° C (212° F)

v Repair or disassemble

Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.

Note:

1. The following illustration shows how to install the battery in the system board.2. The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.

To install the battery, complete the following steps:1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. If the blade server is installed in a BladeCenter unit, remove it (see

“Removing the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 forinstructions).

3. Remove the blade server cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” onpage 51 for instructions).

4. If an optional expansion unit is installed, remove the expansion unit (see“Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53 for instructions).

5. Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with thebattery.

6. Locate the battery on the system board.

Chapter 5. Removing and replacing blade server components 87

Page 100: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

7. Orient the battery so that the positive (+) side faces in towards the center ofthe blade server.

8. Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the bottom of the socket.9. As you slide the battery into place, press the top of the battery into the socket.

10. If you removed a plastic cover from the battery holder, use your fingers toinstall the battery cover on top of the battery connector.

11. Install the optional expansion unit, if you removed one from the blade serverto replace the battery (see “Installing an optional expansion unit” on page 54for instructions).

12. Install the cover onto the blade server (see “Closing the blade server cover”on page 52).

13. Install the blade server into the BladeCenter unit (see “Installing the bladeserver in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

14. Turn on the blade server, start the Setup utility, and reset the configuration(see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19 for instructions).

88 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 101: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Chapter 6. Diagnostics

Use this information to review the diagnostic tools that are available to help yousolve problems that might occur in the blade server.

Review the diagnostic tools that are available to help you solve problems thatmight occur in the blade server.

Note: The blade server uses shared resources that are installed in the BladeCenterunit. Problems with these shared resources might appear to be in the blade server(see “Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212 for informationabout isolating problems with these resources).

If you cannot locate and correct a problem by using the information in this chapter,see “Getting help and technical assistance,” on page 219 for more information.

Diagnostic tools overviewUse this overview to locate specific diagnostic tools to diagnose and solvehardware-related problems.

The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware-relatedproblems:v Troubleshooting tables

These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems. See“Troubleshooting tables” on page 155

v Light path diagnostics

Use light path diagnostics LEDs on the system board to diagnose system errors.If the system-error LED on the system LED panel on the front or rear of theBladeCenter unit is lit, one or more error LEDs on the BladeCenter unitcomponents also might be lit. These LEDs help identify the cause of theproblem. For more information about the blade server error LEDs, see “Lightpath diagnostics LEDs” on page 174.

v Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Installable and Portable Edition diagnosticprogram

DSA tests the major components of the BladeCenter unit, including themanagement modules, I/O modules, removable-media drives, and the bladeservers, while the operating system is running. For documentation anddownload information for DSA, see http://www.ibm.com/systems/management/. For more information about diagnostic programs and errormessages, see “Dynamic system analysis diagnostic programs and messages” onpage 176

Note: If you are unable to find the system-error logs in the blade serverfirmware code, view the system-event log in the BladeCenter managementmodule.

v Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Preboot diagnostic program

The DSA Preboot diagnostic programs are stored in read-only memory andcollect and analyze system information to aid in diagnosing server problems.The diagnostic programs collect the following information about the server:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 89

Page 102: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

– Drive health information– Event logs for ServeRAID controllers and service processors– Hardware inventory, including PCI and USB information– Light path diagnostics status– LSI RAID and controller configuration– Network interfaces and settings– ServeRAID configuration– Service processor status and configuration– System configuration– Vital product data, firmware, and Unified Extensible Firmware Interface

(UEFI) configurationThe diagnostic programs create a merged log that includes events from allcollected logs. The information is collected into a file that you can send to IBMservice and support. Additionally, you can view the information locally througha generated text report file. You can also copy the log to removable media andview the log from a Web browser.

POSTUse this information for more about POST self-test errors for the blade server.

When you turn on the blade server, it performs a series of tests to check theoperation of the blade server components and some optional devices in the bladeserver. This series of tests is called the power-on self-test, or POST.

If a power-on password is set, you must type the password and press Enter, whenyou are prompted, for POST to run.

If POST is completed without detecting any problems, the server startup willcontinue.

If POST detects a problem, an error message is displayed. See “POST error codes”on page 135 for more information.

When new hardware is installed or the firmware for an expansion card has beenupdated, the blade server could fail during POST. If this occurs after threeattempts to boot the blade server, the blade server will use the defaultconfiguration values; then, start the Setup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). To allow the blade server to boot normally, complete the following steps:1. If any configuration changes were made before the blade server became unable

to boot, change the settings back to their original values.2. If new hardware was added before the blade server became unable to boot,

remove the new hardware and restart the server.3. If the previous steps do not correct the problem and the blade server starts the

Setup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19), select Load DefaultSettings and save the settings to restore the blade server to the default values.

90 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 103: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Error logs

Error codes and messages are displayed in the following types of event logs:v POST event log: This log contains the three most recent error codes and

messages that were generated during POST. You can view the POST event logthrough the Setup utility.

v System-event log: This log contains POST and system management interrupt(SMI) events and all events that are generated by the BMC that is embedded inthe IMM. You can view the system-event log through the Setup utility andthrough the Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) program (as the IPMI event log).The system-event log is limited in size. When it is full, new entries will notoverwrite existing entries; therefore, you must periodically save and then clearthe system-event log through the Setup utility. When you are troubleshooting,you might have to save and then clear the system-event log to make the mostrecent events available for analysis.Messages are listed on the left side of the screen, and details about the selectedmessage are displayed on the right side of the screen. To move from one entryto the next, use the Up Arrow (↑) and Down Arrow (↓) keys.Some IMM sensors cause assertion events to be logged when their setpoints arereached. When a setpoint condition no longer exists, a corresponding deassertionevent is logged. However, not all events are assertion-type events.

v Integrated management module (IMM) event log: This log contains a filteredsubset of all IMM, POST, and system management interrupt (SMI) events. Youcan view the IMM event log through the Dynamic System Analysis (DSA)program (as the ASM event log).

v Advanced management module event log: This log contains a filtered subset ofIMM, POST, and system management interrupt (SMI) events. You can view theadvanced management module event log through the advanced managementmodule Web interface.

v DSA log: This log is generated by the Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) program,and it is a chronologically ordered merge of the system-event log (as the IPMIevent log), the IMM chassis-event log (as the ASM event log), and theoperating-system event logs. You can view the DSA log through the DSAprogram.

Viewing event logs through the Setup utilityUse this information to view the IMM log through the Setup utility.

For complete information about using the Setup utility, see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19.

To view the POST event log or system-event log, complete the following steps:1. Turn on the blade server.2. When the prompt <F1> Setup is displayed, press F1. If you have set both a

power-on password and an administrator password, you must type theadministrator password to view the event logs.

3. Select System Event Logs and use one of the following procedures:v To view the POST event log, select POST Event Viewer.v To view the system-event log, select System Event Log.

Viewing event logs without restarting the blade serverIf the blade server is not hung, methods are available for you to view one or moreevent logs without having to restart the blade server.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 91

Page 104: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

You can view the advanced management module event log through the Event Loglink in the advanced management module Web interface. For more information,see the advanced management module User's Guide.

If you have installed Portable or Installable Dynamic System Analysis (DSA), youcan use it to view the system-event log (as the IPMI event log), the advancedmanagement module event log (as the ASM event log), the operating-system eventlogs, or the merged DSA log. You can also use DSA Preboot to view these logs,although you must restart the blade server to use DSA Preboot. To install PortableDSA, Installable DSA, or DSA Preboot or to download a DSA Preboot CD image,go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?lndocid=SERV-DSA&brandind=5000008 or complete the followingsteps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.2. Under Product support, click BladeCenter.3. Under Popular links, click Software and device drivers.4. Under Related downloads, click Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) to display

the matrix of downloadable DSA files.

If IPMItool is installed in the blade server, you can use it to view the system-eventlog. Most recent versions of the Linux operating system come with a currentversion of IPMItool. For information about IPMItool, see http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/lnxinfo/v3r0m0/index.jsp?topic=/liaai/ipmi/liaaiipmiother.htm or complete the following steps.

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Go to “Viewing event logs through the Setup utility” on page 91.2. Click Linux information.3. Expand Blueprints for Linux on IBM systems, and click Using Intelligent

Platform Management Interface (IPMI) on IBM Linux platforms.

The following table describes the methods that you can use to view the event logs,depending on the condition of the blade server. The first two conditions generallydo not require that you restart the blade server.

Table 8. Methods for viewing event logs

Condition Action

The blade server is not hung and isconnected to a network.

Use any of the following methods:

v In a Web browser, type the IP address ofthe advanced management module andgo to the Event Log page.

v Run Portable or Installable DSA to viewthe event logs or create an output file thatyou can send to IBM service and support.

v Use IPMItool to view the system-eventlog.

The blade server is not hung and is notconnected to a network.

Use IPMItool locally to view thesystem-event log.

92 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 105: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Table 8. Methods for viewing event logs (continued)

Condition Action

The blade server is hung. v If DSA Preboot is installed, restart theblade server and press F2 to start DSAPreboot and view the event logs.

v If DSA Preboot is not installed, insert theDSA Preboot CD and restart the bladeserver to start DSA Preboot and view theevent logs.

v Alternatively, you can restart the bladeserver and press F1 to start the Setuputility and view the POST event log orsystem-event log. For more information,see “Viewing event logs through theSetup utility” on page 91.

IMM error messagesUse this information to resolve IMM error messages.

The following table lists IMM error messages and suggested actions to correct thedetected problems.

Note: An updated list of IMM error messages and corrective actions are availableon the IBM Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?lndocid=MIGR-5079338&brandind=5000008.

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x80010200 Error Expansion Module 1 (BPE3 12VSense) voltage under criticalthreshold. Reading: X,Threshold: Y

1. If the under voltage problem is occurring on allblade servers, look for other events in the IMMevent log related to power and resolve thoseevents (see “Error logs” on page 91).

2. View the event log provided by the advancedmanagement module for your BladeCenter unitand resolve any power related errors that mightbe displayed.

3. If other modules or blades are logging the sameissue then check the system power supply,otherwise replace the Blade PCI Express I/Oexpansion unit. See “Removing an optionalexpansion unit” on page 53 and “Installing anoptional expansion unit” on page 54.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 93

Page 106: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x80010200 Error Expansion Module 1 (BPE312VSB Sense) voltage undercritical threshold. Reading: X,Threshold: Y

1. If the under voltage problem is occurring on allblade servers, look for other events in the logrelated to power and resolve those events (see“Error logs” on page 91).

2. View the event log provided by the advancedmanagement module for your BladeCenter unitand resolve any power related errors that mightbe displayed.

3. If other modules or blades are logging the sameissue; then, check the power supply for theBladeCenter unit.

4. If the base blade is not logging a power issue;then, replace the Blade PCI Express I/Oexpansion unit. See “Removing an optionalexpansion unit” on page 53 and “Installing anoptional expansion unit” on page 54.

0x80010200 Error Expansion Module 1 (BPE3 3.3VSense) voltage under criticalthreshold. Reading: X,Threshold: Y

1. If the under voltage problem is occurring on allblade servers, look for other events in the logrelated to power and resolve those events (see“Error logs” on page 91).

2. View the event log provided by the advancedmanagement module for your BladeCenter unitand resolve any power related errors that mightbe displayed.

3. If the base blade is not logging a power issue;then, replace the Blade PCI Express I/Oexpansion unit. See “Removing an optionalexpansion unit” on page 53 and “Installing anoptional expansion unit” on page 54.

0x80010200 Error System board (Planar 12V)voltage under critical threshold.with chassis Reading: X,Threshold: Y

1. If the under voltage problem is occurring on allblade servers, look for other events in the logrelated to power and resolve those events (see“Error logs” on page 91).

2. View the event log provided by the advancedmanagement module for your BladeCenter unitand resolve any power related errors that mightbe displayed.

3. If other modules or blades are logging the sameissue then check the power supply for theBladeCenter unit.

4. If the error still occurs, replace the system-boardassembly (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

94 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 107: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x80010200 Error System board (Planar 3.3V)voltage under critical threshold.Reading: X, Threshold: Y

1. Remove all expansion cards from the blade server(see “Removing an I/O expansion card” on page65).

2. Remove all storage drives from the blade server(see “Removing a hot-swap storage drive” onpage 57).

3. If the error still occurs, replace the system-boardassembly (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

0x80010200 Error System board (Planar 5V)voltage under critical threshold.with chassis Reading: X,Threshold: Y

1. Remove all expansion cards from the blade server(see “Removing an I/O expansion card” on page65).

2. Remove all storage drives from the blade server(see “Removing a hot-swap storage drive” onpage 57).

3. If the error still occurs, replace the system-boardassembly (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

0x80010200 Error System board (Planar VBAT)voltage under critical threshold.with chassis Reading: X,Threshold: Y

Replace the system battery (see “Removing thebattery” on page 86 and “Installing the battery” onpage 87).

0x80010700 Warning System board (Inlet Temp)temperature over/underwarning threshold. Reading: X,Threshold: Y

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 95

Page 108: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x80010900 Error Expansion Module 1 (BPE3 12VSense) voltage under criticalthreshold. with chassis Reading:X, Threshold: Y

1. If the under voltage problem is occurring on allblade servers, look for other events in the logrelated to power and resolve those events (see“Error logs” on page 91).

2. View the event log provided by the advancedmanagement module for your BladeCenter unitand resolve any power related errors that mightbe displayed.

3. If other modules or blades are logging the sameissue then check the power supply for theBladeCenter unit.

4. If the error continues, replace the Blade PCIExpress I/O expansion unit. See “Removing anoptional expansion unit” on page 53 and“Installing an optional expansion unit” on page54.

0x80010900 Error Expansion Module 1 (BPE312VSB Sense) voltage overcritical threshold. Reading: X,Threshold: Y

1. If the over voltage problem is occurring on allblade servers, look for other events in the logrelated to power and resolve those events.

2. View the event log provided by the advancedmanagement module for your BladeCenter unitand resolve any power related errors that mightbe displayed.

3. If other modules or blades are logging the sameissue then check the power supply for theBladeCenter unit.

4. If the error continues, replace the Blade PCIExpress I/O expansion unit. See “Removing anoptional expansion unit” on page 53 and“Installing an optional expansion unit” on page54.

0x80010900 Error Expansion Module 1 (BPE3 3.3VSense) voltage under criticalthreshold. with chassis Reading:X, Threshold: Y

1. If the under voltage problem is occurring on allblade servers, look for other events in the logrelated to power and resolve those events.

2. View the event log provided by the advancedmanagement module for your BladeCenter unitand resolve any power related errors that mightbe displayed.

3. If other modules or blades are logging the sameissue then check the power supply for theBladeCenter unit.

4. If the error continues, replace the Blade PCIExpress I/O expansion unit. See “Removing anoptional expansion unit” on page 53 and“Installing an optional expansion unit” on page54.

96 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 109: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x80010900 Error System board (Planar 12V)voltage over critical threshold.Reading: X, Threshold: Y

1. If the over voltage problem is occurring on allblade servers, look for other events in the logrelated to power and resolve those events.

2. View the event log provided by the advancedmanagement module for your BladeCenter unitand resolve any power related errors that mightbe displayed.

3. If other modules or blades are logging the sameissue then check the power supply for theBladeCenter unit.

4. If the error continues, replace the system-boardassembly (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

0x80010900 Error System board (Planar 3.3V)voltage over critical threshold.Reading: X, Threshold: Y

Replace the blade (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

0x80010900 Error System board (Planar 5V)voltage over critical threshold.Reading: X, Threshold: Y

1. Remove all expansion cards from the blade server(see “Removing an I/O expansion card” on page65).

2. Remove all storage drives from the blade server(see “Removing a hot-swap storage drive” onpage 57).

3. If the error continues, replace the system-boardassembly (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

0x80010900 Error System board (Inlet Temp)temperature over/under criticalthreshold with chassis reading:X, Threshold: Y

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

0x80010B00 Error System board (Inlet Temp)temperature over/undernon-recoverable threshold.Reading: X, Threshold: Y

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 97

Page 110: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x80070100 Warning Memory device X, temperature(DIMM X Temp) warning [Note:X=1-12]

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

0x80070200 Error Memory device X, temperature(DIMM X Temp) critical [Note:X=1-12]

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

0x80070200 Error Processor X, temperature (CPUX OverTemp) critical [Note:X=1-2]

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

4. Make sure that the CPU heat sink is properlyattached to the CPU (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

0x80070200 Error System board, voltage (PlanarFault) critical

1. Reseat the blade server in the BladeCenter unit(see “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing theblade server in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

2. If the error continues, replace the system-boardassembly (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

98 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 111: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x80070200 Error Expansion Card 1 (LDC Fault)critical

1. Check the operating system event log and thesystem event log as it may contain additionalinformation (see “Error logs” on page 91).

2. Reseat the blade server in the BladeCenter (see“Removing the blade server from the BladeCenterunit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade serverin a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

3. Update the device drivers for any expansion cardsthat are installed into the blade server.

4. Reseat the expansion card (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

5. Replace the expansion card (see “Removing anI/O expansion card” on page 65 and “Installingan I/O expansion card” on page 69).

0x80070200 Error PCI express bus 1, ExpansionCard (HSDC Fault) critical

1. Check the operating system event log and thesystem event log as it may contain additionalinformation (see “Error logs” on page 91).

2. Reseat the blade server in the BladeCenter (see“Removing the blade server from the BladeCenterunit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade serverin a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

3. Update the device drivers for any expansion cardsthat are installed into the blade server.

4. Reseat the expansion card (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

5. Replace the expansion card (see “Removing anI/O expansion card” on page 65 and “Installingan I/O expansion card” on page 69).

0x80070200 Error System board, chip set (SysBoard Fault) critical

1. Make sure that the latest firmware is being used(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. Reseat the blade server in the BladeCenter (see“Removing the blade server from the BladeCenterunit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade serverin a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

3. Reset the UEFI firmware settings to default valuesusing the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

4. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem-board assembly (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” on page85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 99

Page 112: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x80070300 Error Processor X, temperature (CPUX OverTemp) non-recoverable[Note: X=1-2]

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

4. Make sure that each bay of the BladeCenter unithas either a device or a filler installed.

5. Make sure that the blade server is not missingany heat sinks, DIMMs, heat-sink fillers, or DIMMfillers (see Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and1936,” on page 39).

6. Make sure that the CPU heat sink is properlyattached to the CPU (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

0x80070600 Error Processor X, temperature (CPUX OverTemp) non-recoverable[Note: X=1-2]

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

4. Make sure that each bay of the BladeCenter unithas either a device or a filler installed.

5. Make sure that the blade server is not missingany heat sinks, DIMMs, heat-sink fillers, or DIMMfillers (see Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and1936,” on page 39).

6. Make sure that the CPU heat sink is properlyattached to the CPU (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

0x80080000 Information Blade bezel 1, presence (FrontPanel) present

1. Reseat the control-panel cable (see “Removing thecontrol panel” on page 76 and “Installing thecontrol panel” on page 77).

2. Replace the front bezel (see “Removing the bezelassembly” on page 74 and “Installing the bezelassembly” on page 75).

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem-board assembly (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” on page85).

100 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 113: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x80090000 Information System board, memory(Performance Mode)disabled/enabled

This is informational only, no action is required. Theperformance mode has been enabled or disabled.

0x800B0100 Error Memory device 0 (Bckup MemStatus) is not redundant

1. Check the event logs for other memory errors thatmight occur (see “Error logs” on page 91).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 101

Page 114: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x800B0300 Warning Memory device 0 (Bckup MemStatus) is not redundant andoperational with minimalresources

1. Check the event logs for other memory errors thatmight occur (see “Error logs” on page 91).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81.

0x800B0500 Error Memory device 0 (Bckup MemStatus) is not redundant and notoperational

1. Check the event logs for other memory errors thatmight occur (see “Error logs” on page 91).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81.

102 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 115: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0007 Error Group group 4, processor (Oneof CPUs) internal error

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

4. If the problem continues, replace the processor(see “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink”on page 78 and “Installing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 81).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F0007 Error Group group 4, processor (AllCPUs) internal error

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

4. If the problem continues, replace the processor(see “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink”on page 78 and “Installing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 81).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 103

Page 116: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0007 Error Group group 4, processor (CPUX Status) internal error [NoteX=1,2]

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

4. If the problem continues, replace the processor(see “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink”on page 78 and “Installing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 81).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F000F Error FW/BIOS, firmware progress(ABR Status) FW/BIOS ROMcorruption System board,firmware progress (FirmwareError) FW/BIOS ROMcorruption

Install the latest UEFI firmware (see “Firmwareupdates” on page 32).

0x806F000F Error System board, firmwareprogress (Firmware Error)FW/BIOS ROM corruption

Install the latest UEFI firmware (see “Firmwareupdates” on page 32).

104 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 117: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0013 Error Chassis (NMI State) diagnosticinterrupt

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

6. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

7. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F0013 Error Chassis (NMI State) bus timeout 1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

6. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

7. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 105

Page 118: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0013 Error Chassis (NMI State) softwareNMI

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

106 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 119: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0021 Error System board, connector (PCIeStatus) fault

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F0107 Error Group group 4, processor (Oneof CPUs) thermal trip

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

4. Make sure that each bay of the BladeCenter unithas either a device or a filler installed.

5. Make sure that the blade server is not missingany heat sinks, DIMMs, heat-sink fillers, or DIMMfillers (see Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and1936,” on page 39).

6. Make sure that the CPU heat sink is properlyattached to the CPU (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

7. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor. See “Removinga microprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 107

Page 120: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0107 Error Group group 4, processor (allCPUs) thermal trip

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

4. Make sure that each bay of the BladeCenter unithas either a device or a filler installed.

5. Make sure that the blade server is not missingany heat sinks, DIMMs, heat-sink fillers, or DIMMfillers (see Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and1936,” on page 39).

6. Make sure that the CPU heat sink is properlyattached to the CPU (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

7. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81.

0x806F0107 Error Processor X (CPU X Status)thermal trip [Note: X=1-2]

1. Make sure that the room temperature is withinthe operating specifications (see “Features andspecifications” on page 9).

2. Make sure that none of the air vents on theBladeCenter unit and on the blade server areblocked.

3. Make sure that all of the fans on the BladeCenterunit are running.

4. Make sure that each bay of the BladeCenter unithas either a device or a filler installed.

5. Make sure that the blade server is not missingany heat sinks, DIMMs, heat-sink fillers, or DIMMfillers (see Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and1936,” on page 39).

6. Make sure that the CPU heat sink is properlyattached to the CPU (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

7. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81.

108 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 121: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F010C Error Group group 1 (All DIMMs)uncorrectable ECC memoryerror

1. Check the event logs for other memory errors (see“Error logs” on page 91).

2. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

3. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

4. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81.

0x806F010C Error Group group 1 (DIMM GroupSta) uncorrectable ECC memoryerror

1. Check the event logs for other memory errors (see“Error logs” on page 91).

2. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

3. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

4. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 109

Page 122: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F010C Error Group group 1 (DIMM Status)uncorrectable ECC memoryerror

1. Check the event logs for other memory errors (see“Error logs” on page 91).

2. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

3. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

4. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

7. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

110 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 123: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F010C Error Group group 1 (One of theDIMMs) uncorrectable ECCmemory error

1. Check the event logs for other memory errors (see“Error logs” on page 91).

2. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

3. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

4. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

5. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

6. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

7. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

8. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 111

Page 124: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F010C Error Memory device X (DIMM XStatus) uncorrectable ECCmemory error [Note: X=1-12]

1. Check the event logs for other memory errors (see“Error logs” on page 91).

2. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

3. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

4. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

7. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F010D Error Hard drive X (Drive X Status)fault Note: X=1-2

Replace the storage drive (see “Removing a hot-swapstorage drive” on page 57 and “Installing a hot-swapstorage drive” on page 58).

112 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 125: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0112 Information Group group 4 (CPU FaultReboot) OEM system boot event

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

4. If the problem continues, replace the processor(see “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink”on page 78 and “Installing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 81).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F0207 Error Group group 4, processor (Oneof CPUs) BIST failure

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

4. If the problem continues, replace the processor(see “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink”on page 78 and “Installing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 81).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 113

Page 126: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0207 Error Group group 4, processor (allCPUs) BIST failure

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

4. If the problem continues, replace the processor(see “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink”on page 78 and “Installing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 81).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F0207 Error Group group 4, processor (CPUX Status) internal error [NoteX=1,2]

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

4. If the problem continues, replace the processor(see “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink”on page 78 and “Installing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 81).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F020D Warning Hard drive 1 (Drive 1 Status)predictive failure

Replace the storage drive (see “Removing a hot-swapstorage drive” on page 57 and “Installing a hot-swapstorage drive” on page 58).

114 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 127: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F040C Information Group group 1 (All DIMMs)memory disabled

1. Run the Setup utility and load the default systemsettings (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

7. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 115

Page 128: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F040C Information Group group 1 (One of theDIMMs) memory disabled

1. Run the Setup utility and load the default systemsettings (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

7. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

116 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 129: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F040C Information Memory device X (DIMM XStatus) memory disabled [NoteX = 1-12]

1. Run the Setup utility and load the default systemsettings (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

7. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 117

Page 130: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0413 Error Expansion Card 2 (PCI Slot 1)PCI parity error

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

118 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 131: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0413 Error Group group 2 (One of PCI Err)PCI parity error

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 119

Page 132: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0413 Error Group group 2 (All PCI Err) PCIparity error;

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

120 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 133: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0413 Error Expansion Card 3 (PCI Slot 2)PCI parity error

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F0507 Error Group group 4, processor (Oneof CPUs) configuration error

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 121

Page 134: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0507 Error Group group 4, processor (AllCPUs) configuration error

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

0x806F0507 Error Group group 4, processor (CPUX Status) configuration error[Note X=1,2]

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

122 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 135: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F050C Error Group group 1 (All DIMMs)correctable ECC memory errorlogging limit reached

1. Run the Setup utility and load the default systemsettings (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 123

Page 136: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F050C Error Group group 1 (DIMM GroupSta) correctable ECC memoryerror logging limit reached

1. Run the Setup utility and load the default systemsettings (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

124 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 137: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F050C Error Group group 1 (DIMM Status)correctable ECC memory errorlogging limit reached

1. Run the Setup utility and load the default systemsettings (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 125

Page 138: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F050C Error Group group 1 (One of theDIMMs) correctable ECCmemory error logging limitreached

1. Run the Setup utility and load the default systemsettings (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

126 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 139: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F050C Error Memory device X (DIMM XStatus) correctable ECC memoryerror logging limit reached[Note X = 1-12]

1. Run the Setup utility and load the default systemsettings (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

2. Reseat all of the memory modules in the bladeserver (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Make sure all of the memory is enabled in theSetup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” onpage 19). Notice which memory modules aredisabled before continuing to the next step.

4. Run the system diagnostics to check the memory(see “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

5. If the error still occurs, replace the memorymodules that were disabled in the Setup utility(see “Removing a memory module” on page 59and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

6. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessor that controlsthe failing memory module.Note: DIMM sockets one through six arecontrolled by the first microprocessor and DIMMsockets seven through twelve are controlled bythe second microprocessor. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78.

0x806F050D Error Hard drive X (Drive X Status) incritical array Note: X=1-2

1. Replace the storage drive (see “Removing ahot-swap storage drive” on page 57 and“Installing a hot-swap storage drive” on page 58).

2. After the storage drive has been replaced, rebuildthe RAID array (see “Configuring a RAID array”on page 34).

0x806F050D Error Hard drive X (Drive X Status) infailed array Note: X=1-2

1. Replace the storage drive (see “Removing ahot-swap storage drive” on page 57 and“Installing a hot-swap storage drive” on page 58).

2. After the storage drive has been replaced, rebuildthe RAID array (see “Configuring a RAID array”on page 34).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 127

Page 140: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0513 Error Expansion Card 2 (PCI Slot 1)PCI system error

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

128 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 141: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0513 Error Expansion Card 3 (PCI Slot 2)PCI system error

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 129

Page 142: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0513 Error Group 2 (All PCI Err) PCIsystem error

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

130 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 143: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0513 Error Group 2 (One of PCI Err) PCIsystem error

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. If an expansion card is installed in the bladeserver, verify that the firmware for eachexpansion card is up to date.

3. Run the Setup utility and restore system setting todefaults (see “Using the Setup utility” on page19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. Reseat any expansion cards that are installed inthe blade server (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

6. Remove each expansion card, one at a time untilthe error does not occur (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65).

7. Replace failing adapter and reinstall any otherexpansion cards that were removed (see“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69).

8. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F0607 Error Group 4, processor (One ofCPUs) SM BIOS uncorrectableerror

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace the microprocessors one at a time(see “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink”on page 78 and “Removing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 78).

3. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F0607 Error Group 4, processor (all CPUs)SM BIOS uncorrectable error

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 131

Page 144: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0607 Error Processor X (CPU X Status) SMBIOS uncorrectable error

1. Verify that you have the latest system firmware(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. (Trained service technician only) If the error stilloccurs, replace microprocessor X (see “Removinga microprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78).

3. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F070C Error Group group 1 (All DIMMs)memory configuration error

Make sure that the memory modules are installed inthe correct order and configured correctly (see“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

0x806F070C Error Group group 1 (DIMM GroupSta) memory configuration error

Make sure that the memory modules are installed inthe correct order and configured correctly (see“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

0x806F070C Error Group group 1 (DIMM Status)memory configuration error

Make sure that the memory modules are installed inthe correct order and configured correctly (see“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

0x806F070C Error Group group 1 (One of theDIMMs) memory configurationerror

Make sure that the memory modules are installed inthe correct order and configured correctly (see“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

0x806F070C Error Memory device X (DIMM XStatus) memory configurationerror [Note X=1-12]

Make sure that the memory modules are installed inthe correct order and configured correctly (see“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

0x806F0807 Information Group group 4, processor (Oneof CPUs) disabled

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

3. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

4. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

132 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 145: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0807 Information Group group 4, processor (AllCPUs) disabled

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

3. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

4. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

0x806F0807 Information Processor X (CPU X Status)disabled [Note X=1,2]

1. Remove the blade server and ensure theprocessors are installed correctly (see “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

3. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

4. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

a. Make sure that both processors are displayedby the system.

b. Load the default settings.

c. Go to the System Settings menu and makesure the processor is enabled.

0x806F0813 Error Group group 2 (Critical Int) busuncorrectable error

1. Check the operating system event log and thesystem event log as it may contain additionalinformation (see “Error logs” on page 91).

2. Reseat the blade server in the BladeCenter (see“Removing the blade server from the BladeCenterunit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade serverin a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

3. Update the device drivers for any expansion cardsthat are installed into the blade server.

4. Reseat the expansion card (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

5. Replace the expansion card (see “Removing anI/O expansion card” on page 65 and “Installingan I/O expansion card” on page 69).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 133

Page 146: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error Code Type Error Message Action

0x806F0813 Error Group group 2 (Critical Int) busuncorrectable error

1. Check the operating system event log and thesystem event log as it may contain additionalinformation (see “Error logs” on page 91).

2. Reseat the blade server in the BladeCenter (see“Removing the blade server from the BladeCenterunit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade serverin a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

3. Update the device drivers for any expansion cardsthat are installed into the blade server.

4. Reseat the expansion card (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

5. Replace the expansion card (see “Removing anI/O expansion card” on page 65 and “Installingan I/O expansion card” on page 69).

0x806F0813 Error Group group 1 (Critical Int) busuncorrectable error

1. Make sure that the latest firmware is being used(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. Reseat the blade server in the BladeCenter unit(see “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing theblade server in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49).

3. Run the Setup utility and load the default systemsettings (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

4. Check the event logs for other related errormessages (see “Error logs” on page 91).

5. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

0x806F0813 Error Group group 4 (Critical Int) busuncorrectable error

1. Verify that the system is running the latest UEFIfirmware (see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

2. (Trained service technician only) If the errorcontinues, replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

134 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 147: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

POST error codesUse this information to diagnose and resolve POST error codes for the bladeserver.

The following table describes the POST error codes and suggested actions tocorrect the detected problems.

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

0010002 Microprocessor not supported. 1. Reseat the following components one at a time inthe order shown, restarting the server each time:

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 1(see “Removing a microprocessor and heatsink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 2,if installed (see “Removing a microprocessorand heat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. (Trained service technician) Complete thefollowing steps:

a. Remove microprocessor 2 and restart theserver (see “Removing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

b. If the problem remains, removemicroprocessor 1 and install microprocessor 2in the connector for microprocessor 1; then,restart the server (see “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81).

c. If the problem goes away, microprocessor 1might have failed; replace the microprocessor.

3. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 1(see “Removing a microprocessor and heatsink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 2,if installed (see “Removing a microprocessorand heat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

v (Trained service technician) System board (see“Removing the system-board assembly” onpage 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 135

Page 148: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

001100A Microcode update failed 1. Update the UEFI firmware (see “Firmwareupdates” on page 32.

2. (Trained service technician only) Replace themicroprocessor.

0011000 Invalid microprocessor type 1. Reseat the following components one at a time inthe order shown, restarting the server each time:

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 1(see “Removing a microprocessor and heatsink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 2,if installed (see “Removing a microprocessorand heat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. (Trained service technician) Complete thefollowing steps:

a. Remove microprocessor 2 and restart theserver (see “Removing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

b. If the problem remains, removemicroprocessor 1 and install microprocessor 2in the connector for microprocessor 1; then,restart the server (see “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81).

c. If the problem goes away, microprocessor 1might have failed; replace the microprocessor.

3. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 1(see “Removing a microprocessor and heatsink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 2(if installed)

v (Trained service technician) System board

136 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 149: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

0011002 Microprocessor mismatch. 1. Reseat the following components one at a time inthe order shown, restarting the server each time:

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 1(see “Removing the system-board assembly”on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 2,if installed (see “Removing a microprocessorand heat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. (Trained service technician) Complete thefollowing steps:

a. Remove microprocessor 2 and restart theserver (see “Removing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

b. If the problem remains, removemicroprocessor 1 and install microprocessor 2in the connector for microprocessor 1; then,restart the server (see “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81).

c. If the problem goes away, microprocessor 1might have failed; replace the microprocessor.

3. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 1(see “Removing a microprocessor and heatsink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 2,if installed (see “Removing a microprocessorand heat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

v (Trained service technician) System board (see“Removing the system-board assembly” onpage 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 137

Page 150: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

0011004 Microprocessor failed BIST. 1. Reseat the following components one at a time inthe order shown, restarting the server each time:

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 1(see “Removing the system-board assembly”on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 2,if installed (see “Removing a microprocessorand heat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

2. (Trained service technician) Complete thefollowing steps:

a. Remove microprocessor 2 and restart theserver (see “Removing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

b. If the problem remains, removemicroprocessor 1 and install microprocessor 2in the connector for microprocessor 1; then,restart the server (see “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81).

c. If the problem goes away, microprocessor 1might have failed; replace the microprocessor.

3. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 1(see “Removing a microprocessor and heatsink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

v (Trained service technician) Microprocessor 2,if installed (see “Removing a microprocessorand heat sink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81).

v (Trained service technician) System board (see“Removing the system-board assembly” onpage 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

138 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 151: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

0050001 DIMM disabled. 1. If you disabled the DIMM, run the Setup utilityand enable the DIMM (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19 for more information).

2. Make sure that the DIMM is installed correctly(see “Installing a memory module” on page 60for more information).

3. Reseat the DIMM (see “Removing a memorymodule” on page 59 and “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

4. Replace the DIMM (see “Removing a memorymodule” on page 59 and “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

005100A No usable memory detected. 1. Make sure that the server contains the correctnumber of DIMMs, in the correct order (see“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

2. Install or reseat the DIMMs and restart the serverthree times (see “Removing a memory module”on page 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

3. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v DIMMs (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

v (Trained service technician only) System board(see “Removing the system-board assembly”on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

0051003 DIMM mismatch detected. 1. Reseat the following components one at a time inthe order shown:

v DIMMs (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

2. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown:

a. DIMMs (see “Removing a memory module”on page 59 and “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

b. Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

0051006 DIMM mismatch detected. Make sure that the DIMMs match and have beeninstalled in the correct sequence (see “Installing amemory module” on page 60).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 139

Page 152: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

0051009 No memory detected. 1. Reseat the DIMMs (see “Removing a memorymodule” on page 59 and “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

2. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown:

v DIMMs (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59 and “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

v (Trained service technician only) System board(see “Removing the system-board assembly”on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

005800A DIMM population is unsupported (butusable).

1. Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in theproper sequence (see “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

2. Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server (see“Removing a memory module” on page 59 and“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

3. Remove each DIMM one at a time, restarting theserver after removing each DIMM until the erroris gone (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59).

4. Replace the failed DIMM; then, reinstall theDIMMs to their original connectors and restartthe server (see “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

140 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 153: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

00580A1 Invalid DIMM population for memorymode.

1. Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in theproper sequence (see “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

2. Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server (see“Removing a memory module” on page 59 and“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

3. Remove each DIMM one at a time, restarting theserver after removing each DIMM until the erroris gone (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59).

4. Replace the failed DIMM; then, reinstall theDIMMs to their original connectors and restartthe server (see “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

00580A3 Invalid DIMM population for memorymode.

1. Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in theproper sequence (see “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

2. Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server (see“Removing a memory module” on page 59 and“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

3. Remove each DIMM one at a time, restarting theserver after removing each DIMM until the erroris gone (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59).

4. Replace the failed DIMM; then, reinstall theDIMMs to their original connectors and restartthe server (see “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 141

Page 154: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

00580A4 Memory population changed. 1. Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in theproper sequence (see “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

2. Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server (see“Removing a memory module” on page 59 and“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

3. Remove each DIMM one at a time, restarting theserver after removing each DIMM until the erroris gone (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59).

4. Replace the failed DIMM; then, reinstall theDIMMs to their original connectors and restartthe server (see “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

0058001 PFA threshold exceeded. Replace the failing DIMM, indicated by the lit LEDon the system board (see “Removing a memorymodule” on page 59 and “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

00580A5 Mirror failover complete Information only. Memory redundancy has been lost.Check the event log for uncorrected DIMM failureevents (see ).

0068001 Planar POST failure. 1. Restart the server.

2. (Trained service technician only) If the problemremains, replace the system board. See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85.

0068002 CMOS battery cleared. 1. Reseat the battery.

2. Clear the CMOS memory (see “System-boardswitches” on page 16).

3. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86“Removing the battery” on page 86 and“Installing the battery” on page 87).

v (Trained service technician only) System board.See “Removing the system-board assembly” onpage 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85.

142 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 155: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

0068003 Event timer failure. (Trained service technician only) Replace the systemboard See “Removing the system-board assembly”on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85

0051002 Uncorrectable DIMM error. Replace the failing DIMM, which is indicated by thelit LED on the system board (see “Removing amemory module” on page 59 and “Installing amemory module” on page 60).

0058006 DIMM failed memory test. 1. Reseat the battery (see “Removing the battery”on page 86 and “Installing the battery” on page87).

2. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

v (Trained service technician only) System board(see “Removing the system-board assembly”on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

00580A2 Invalid DIMM population for memorymode.

1. Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in theproper sequence (see “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

2. Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server (see“Removing a memory module” on page 59 and“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

3. Remove each DIMM one at a time, restarting theserver after removing each DIMM until the erroris gone (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59).

4. Replace the failed DIMM; then, reinstall theDIMMs to their original connectors and restartthe server (see “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 143

Page 156: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

0058004 Mirror failover complete. 1. Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in theproper sequence (see “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

2. Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server (see“Removing a memory module” on page 59 and“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

3. Remove each DIMM one at a time, restarting theserver after removing each DIMM until the erroris gone (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59).

4. Replace the failed DIMM; then, reinstall theDIMMs to their original connectors and restartthe server (see “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

0058006 Spare copy failover complete. 1. Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in theproper sequence (see “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

2. Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server (see“Removing a memory module” on page 59 and“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

3. Remove each DIMM one at a time, restarting theserver after removing each DIMM until the erroris gone (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59).

4. Replace the failed DIMM; then, reinstall theDIMMs to their original connectors and restartthe server (see “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

144 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 157: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

0058007 Unable to POST with DIMM populationconfiguration.

1. Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in theproper sequence (see “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60).

2. Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server (see“Removing a memory module” on page 59 and“Installing a memory module” on page 60).

3. Remove each DIMM one at a time, restarting theserver after removing each DIMM until the erroris gone (see “Removing a memory module” onpage 59).

4. Replace the failed DIMM; then, reinstall theDIMMs to their original connectors and restartthe server (see “Installing a memory module” onpage 60).

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

0058009 All DIMM slots disabled. Slot 2 re-enabled,no OS boot.

1. If you disabled the DIMM, run the Setup utilityand enable the DIMM (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

2. Make sure that the DIMM is installed correctly(see “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85 for more information).

3. Reseat the DIMM (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” on page85).

4. Replace the DIMM (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” on page85).

2018001 PCI Express uncorrected or uncorrectableerror.

1. Reseat the expansion cards (see “Removing anI/O expansion card” on page 65 and “Installingan I/O expansion card” on page 69).

2. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

v (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 145

Page 158: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

2010000 PCI-X PERR 1. Reseat the expansion cards (see “Removing anI/O expansion card” on page 65 and “Installingan I/O expansion card” on page 69).

2. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

v (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

2010001 PCI-X SERR 1. Reseat the expansion cards (see “Removing anI/O expansion card” on page 65 and “Installingan I/O expansion card” on page 69).

2. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

v (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

146 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 159: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

2018002 Option Rom resource allocation failure. 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19). Select Start Options fromthe menu and modify the boot sequence so thatyou change the load order of the optional-deviceROM code.

2. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19) and disable unused resourceto make more space available:

v Select Start Options

v Select Planar Ethernet (PXE/DHCP) to disablethe on-board Ethernet controller ROM.

v Select Advanced Functions, followed by PCIBus Control, and then PCI ROM ControlExecution to disable the ROM of the adaptersin the PCI slots.

v Select Devices and I/O Ports to disable any ofthe on-board devices.

3. If the problem remains, replace the followingcomponents one at a time in the order shown,restarting the server each time:

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

v (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 147

Page 160: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

2018003 One or more option Roms were disabled. 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19). Select Start Options fromthe menu and modify the boot sequence so thatyou change the load order of the optional-deviceROM code.

2. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19) and disable unused resourceto make more space available:

v Select Start Options

v Select Planar Ethernet (PXE/DHCP) to disablethe on-board Ethernet controller ROM.

v Select Advanced Functions, followed by PCIBus Control, and then PCI ROM ControlExecution to disable the ROM of the adaptersin the PCI slots.

v Select Devices and I/O Ports to disable any ofthe on-board devices.

3. If the problem remains, replace the followingcomponents one at a time in the order shown,restarting the server each time:

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

v (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

3018000 TPM communication failure. (Trained service technician only) Replace the systemboard (see “Removing the system-board assembly”on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

3018001 Primary FW bank signature invalid. 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19), select Load Default Settings,and save the settings.

2. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85)

3018002 Secondary FW bank signature invalid. 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19), select Load Default Settings,and save the settings.

2. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85)

148 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 161: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

3018003 CRTM corrupt image. 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19), select Load Default Settings,and save the settings.

2. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85)

3000007 Illegal software state (halted). 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19). Select Load Default Settingsand save the settings.

2. Reseat the following components one at a time inthe order shown, restarting the server each time:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

3. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

v (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85)

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 149

Page 162: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

3008001 System configuration invalid. 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19). Select Load Default Settingsand save the settings.

2. Reseat the following components one at a time inthe order shown, restarting the server each time:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

3. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

v (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85)

3008002 Date, time, or both are incorrect. 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19). Select Load Default Settingsand save the settings.

2. Reseat the following components one at a time inthe order shown, restarting the server each time:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

3. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

v Expansion cards (see “Removing an I/Oexpansion card” on page 65 and “Installing anI/O expansion card” on page 69).

v (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85)

150 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 163: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

3008003 Firmware corrupt. 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19). Select Load Default Settingsand save the settings.

2. (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem board (see “Removing the system-boardassembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85)

3008004 Three boot failure. 1. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19). Select Load Default Settingsand save the settings.

2. Update the firmware to the latest level (see“Firmware updates” on page 32for moreinformation).

3. Reseat the following components one at a time inthe order shown, restarting the server each time:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

v (Trained service technician only)Microprocessor (see “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81).

4. Replace the following components one at a timein the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

v Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87).

v (Trained service technician only)Microprocessor (see “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81).

v (Trained service technician only) System board(see “Removing the system-board assembly”on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

3048005 Booted secondary (backup) UEFI image. Set SW1–4 and SW1–5 to the primary position (see“System-board switches” on page 16).

3048006 Booted secondary (backup) UEFI image dueto ABR.

Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setup utility”on page 19). Select Load Default Settings and savethe settings.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 151

Page 164: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

3138002 Boot configuration error. 1. Run the Setup utility and remove any recentchanges made to the settings (see “Using theSetup utility” on page 19).

2. Run the Setup utility (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19). Select Load Default Settingsand save the settings.

3008000 IMM communication failure. 1. Reseat the blade server (see “Removing the bladeserver from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48and “Installing the blade server in a BladeCenterunit” on page 49).

2. Update the IMM firmware (see “Firmwareupdates” on page 32).

3. (Trained service technician only) If the problemremains, replace the system board (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

3008001 IMM incompatible firmware level. 1. Reseat the blade server (see “Removing the bladeserver from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48and “Installing the blade server in a BladeCenterunit” on page 49).

2. Update the IMM firmware (see “Firmwareupdates” on page 32).

3. (Trained service technician only) If the problemremains, replace the system board (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

3008002 Configuration update to IMM failed. 1. Reseat the blade server (see “Removing the bladeserver from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48and “Installing the blade server in a BladeCenterunit” on page 49).

2. Update the IMM firmware (see “Firmwareupdates” on page 32).

3. (Trained service technician only) If the problemremains, replace the system board (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

152 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 165: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are customerreplaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by aTrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

3008003 Configuration retrieval from IMM failed. 1. Reseat the blade server (see “Removing the bladeserver from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48and “Installing the blade server in a BladeCenterunit” on page 49).

2. Update the IMM firmware (see “Firmwareupdates” on page 32).

3. (Trained service technician only) If the problemremains, replace the system board (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

3008004 IMM system event log full. 1. Run the Setup utility, save the configuration, andrestart the server (see “Using the Setup utility”on page 19).

2. Update the system firmware to the latest level(see “Firmware updates” on page 32).

3. Reseat the following components, one at a time,in the order shown, restarting the server eachtime:

a. Battery (see “Removing the battery” on page86 and “Installing the battery” on page 87)

b. Microprocessors (see “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 78 and“Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 81)

3008005 IMM not detected. 1. Reseat the blade server (see “Removing the bladeserver from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48and “Installing the blade server in a BladeCenterunit” on page 49).

2. Update the IMM firmware (see “Firmwareupdates” on page 32).

3. (Trained service technician only) If the problemremains, replace the system board (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 153

Page 166: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Checkout procedureUse this information to perform the checkout procedure for the blade server.

The checkout procedure is the sequence of tasks that you should follow todiagnose a problem in the blade server.

About the checkout procedureUse this information to run diagnostics, locate error codes, and identify deviceerrors for the blade server.

Before you perform the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems,review the following information:v Read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation guidelines” on page 45.v The diagnostic programs provide the primary methods of testing the major

components of the blade server. If you are not sure whether a problem is causedby the hardware or by the software, you can use the diagnostic programs toconfirm that the hardware is working correctly.

v When you run the diagnostic programs, a single problem might cause more thanone error message. When this happens, correct the cause of the first errormessage. The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you runthe diagnostic programs.

v If the blade server is halted and a POST error code is displayed, see “POST errorcodes” on page 135. If the blade server is halted and no error message isdisplayed, see “Troubleshooting tables” on page 155 and “Solving undeterminedproblems” on page 217.

v For intermittent problems, check the error log; see “Error logs” on page 91 and“Dynamic system analysis diagnostic programs and messages” on page 176.

v If no LEDs are lit on the blade server front panel, verify the blade server statusand errors in the Advanced-Management-Module Web interface; also see“Solving undetermined problems” on page 217.

v If device errors occur, see “Troubleshooting tables” on page 155.

Performing the checkout procedureUse this information to perform the checkout procedure for the blade server.

To perform the checkout procedure, complete the following steps:1. If the blade server is running, turn off the blade server.2. Turn on the blade server. Make sure that the blade server has control of the

video (the LED on the keyboard/video/mouse button is lit). If the blade serverdoes not start, see “Troubleshooting tables” on page 155.

3. Record any POST error messages that are displayed on the monitor. If an erroris displayed, look up the first error in the “POST error codes” on page 135.

4. Check the control panel blade-error LED; if it is lit, check the light pathdiagnostics LEDs (see “Light path diagnostics” on page 172).

5. Check for the following results:v Successful completion of POST, indicated by beginning the startup of the

operating system.v Successful completion of startup, indicated by a readable display of the

operating-system desktop.

154 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 167: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Troubleshooting tablesUse this information to troubleshoot problems in the blade server.

Use the troubleshooting tables to find solutions to problems that have identifiablesymptoms. If these symptoms are related to shared BladeCenter unit resources, see“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

If you cannot find a problem in these tables, see Chapter 6, “Diagnostics,” on page89 for information about testing the blade server.

If you have just added new software or a new optional device, and the bladeserver is not working, complete the following steps before you use thetroubleshooting tables:1. Remove the software or device that you just added.2. Run the diagnostic tests to determine whether the blade server is running

correctly. For more information, see “POST” on page 90.3. Reinstall the new software or new device. For more information, see the

documentation that came with the new software or device.

General problemsUse this information to resolve a general hardware problem.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

A cover lock is broken, an LEDis not working, or a similarproblem has occurred.

v If the part is a CRU, replace it - See “Removing and replacing Tier 1 customerreplaceable units (CRUs)” on page 51 to replace the failed component.

v If the part is a FRU, the part must be replaced by a trained service technician.See “Removing and replacing field replaceable units” on page 78. Or contact anIBM service representative, see “Hardware service and support” on page 220.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 155

Page 168: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Storage drive problemsUse this information to resolve storage drive problems.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

Not all storage drives arerecognized by the Fixed Disk orSAS Attached Disk diagnostictest.

1. Remove the storage drive that is indicated by the diagnostic tests. SeeChapter 5, “Removing and replacing blade server components,” on page 45.

2. Run the SAS Fixed Disk or SAS Attached Disk diagnostic test again. See“Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

3. If the Fixed drive or SAS Attached Disk diagnostic test runs successfully,replace the storage drive that you removed with a new one. See Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade server components,” on page 45.

The blade server stopsresponding during the FixedDisk or SAS Attached Diskdiagnostic test.

1. Remove the storage drive that was being tested when the blade server stoppedresponding. See Chapter 5, “Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45.

2. Run the SAS Fixed Disk or SAS Attached Disk diagnostic test again (see“Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

3. If the Fixed drive or SAS Attached Disk diagnostic test runs successfully,replace the storage drive that you removed with a new one. See Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade server components,” on page 45.

A storage drive passes theFixed Disk or SAS AttachedDisk diagnostics test, but theproblem remains.

1. Run the SAS Fixed Disk or SAS Attached Disk diagnostic test again. See“Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

2. If the Fixed drive or SAS Attached Disk diagnostic test runs successfully butthe storage drive continues to have a problem, replace the drive with a newone.

Intermittent problemsUse this information to resolve intermittent problems with the blade server.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

A problem occurs onlyoccasionally and is difficult todiagnose.

1. Make sure that:v When the blade server is turned on, air is flowing from the rear of the

BladeCenter unit at the blower grille. If there is no airflow, the blower is notworking. This causes the blade server to overheat and shut down.

v The SAS storage drives are configured correctly.

2. Check the AMM and IMM logs for an error message (see “Error logs” on page91).

3. See “Solving undetermined problems” on page 217.

156 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 169: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Keyboard or mouse problemsUse this information to lookup and resolve keyboard or mouse problems.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved. The keyboard and mouse are sharedBladeCenter unit resources. First, make sure that the keyboard and mouse areassigned to the blade server; then, see the following table and “Solving sharedBladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

All keyboard and mouseproblems.

1. Make sure that the keyboard/video/mouse select button LED on the front ofthe blade server is lit, indicating that the blade server is connected to theshared keyboard and mouse.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources (see “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212).

3. Make sure that:

v The device drivers are installed correctly. See “Firmware updates” on page32

v The keyboard and mouse are recognized as USB, not PS/2, devices by theblade server. Although the keyboard and mouse might be a PS/2-styledevices, communication with them is through USB in the BladeCenter unit.Some operating systems allow you to select the type of keyboard and mouseduring installation of the operating system. If this is the case, select USB.

4. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly - See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 157

Page 170: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Memory problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve memory problems with the bladeserver.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

The amount of system memorythat is displayed is less than theamount of installed physicalmemory.

1. Make sure that:v You have installed the correct type of memory (see “Installing a memory

module” on page 60).v If you changed the memory, you updated the memory configuration in the

Setup utility (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).v All banks of memory are enabled. The blade server might have

automatically disabled a memory bank when it detected a problem, or amemory bank might have been manually disabled (see “Using the Setuputility” on page 19).

2. Check the IMM event log for a memory error (see “Viewing event logsthrough the Setup utility” on page 91):v If a DIMM was disabled by a systems-management interrupt (SMI), replace

the DIMM (see “Removing a memory module” on page 59 and “Installing amemory module” on page 60).

v If a DIMM was disabled by the user or by POST, run the Setup utility andenable the DIMM (see “Using the Setup utility” on page 19).

3. Reseat the DIMM, and the optional expansion unit, if one is installed (see“Removing a memory module” on page 59, “Installing a memory module” onpage 60, “Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53, and “Installingan optional expansion unit” on page 54).

4. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown, restartingthe blade server each time:a. Optional expansion unit, if one is installed (see “Removing an optional

expansion unit” on page 53, and “Installing an optional expansion unit” onpage 54)

b. DIMM (see “Removing a memory module” on page 59 and “Installing amemory module” on page 60).

c. (Trained service technician only) System-board assembly (see “Removingthe system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

Multiple rows of DIMMs in abranch are identified as failing.

1. Make sure that the DIMMs are installed in the proper sequence (see “Installinga memory module” on page 60).

2. Reseat the DIMMs and restart the server (see “Removing a memory module”on page 59 and “Installing a memory module” on page 60).

3. Remove each DIMM one at a time, restarting the server after removing eachDIMM until the error is gone (see “Removing a memory module” on page 59).

4. Replace the failed DIMM; then, reinstall the DIMMs to their originalconnectors and restart the server (see “Installing a memory module” on page60).

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board (see “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85).

158 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 171: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Monitor or video problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve monitor or video errors.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

The video monitor is a shared BladeCenter unit resource. First, make sure that thevideo monitor is assigned to the blade server; then, see the following table and“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

The screen is blank. 1. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources (see “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212).

2. Make sure that the blade server is turned on (see “Turning on the bladeserver” on page 14).

3. Make sure that the monitor is connected properly. See the documentation foryour BladeCenter unit for more information.

4. Make sure that:

v Damaged BIOS code is not affecting the video; see “Recovering from a UEFIupdate failure” on page 210.

v The device drivers are installed correctly.

5. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

The monitor has screen jitter, orthe screen image is wavy,unreadable, rolling, ordistorted.

1. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources (see “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212).

2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

Wrong characters appear on thescreen.

1. If the wrong language is displayed, update the firmware or operating systemwith the correct language in the blade server that has ownership of themonitor.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources (see “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212).

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly (see“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85).

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 159

Page 172: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Network connection problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve network connection errors.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved. The blade server connects to the network byusing shared BladeCenter unit resources. See the following table and “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

One or more blade servers areunable to communicate withthe network.

1. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212).

2. Make sure that:v The correct device drivers are installed. See “Firmware updates” on page 32.v The Ethernet controller is correctly configured. See “Configuring the Gigabit

Ethernet controller” on page 33.v Optional I/O expansion cards are correctly installed and configured. See

“Installing an I/O expansion card” on page 69 and Chapter 3, “Configuringthe blade server,” on page 19.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly. See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85.

160 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 173: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Optional-device problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve optional-device problems.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

An IBM optional device thatwas just installed does notwork.

1. Make sure that:v The device is designed for the blade server. See http://www.ibm.com/

servers/eserver/serverproven/compat/us/.v You followed the installation instructions that came with the device and the

device is installed correctly. See the instructions that came with the device.v You have not loosened any other installed devices or cables.v You updated the configuration information in the Setup utility program.

Whenever memory or any other device is changed, you must update theconfiguration. See “Setup utility menu” on page 20.

2. If the device comes with its own test instructions, use those instructions to testthe device.

3. Reseat the device that you just installed. See “Removing and replacing fieldreplaceable units” on page 78.

4. Replace the device that you just installed. See “Removing and replacing fieldreplaceable units” on page 78.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 161

Page 174: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Power error messagesUse this information to diagnose and resolve power error messages for the bladeserver.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved. Power to the blade server is provided byshared BladeCenter unit resources. See the following table and “Solving sharedBladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Message Action

System Power Good fault 1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. If an optional expansion unit is installed, reseat it - See“Removing an optional expansion unit” on page 53 and“Installing an optional expansion unit” on page 54.

4. Replace the following components one at a time, in the ordershown, restarting the blade server each time:a. Optional expansion unit (if one is installed) - See “Removing

an optional expansion unit” on page 53 and “Installing anoptional expansion unit” on page 54.

b. (Trained service technician only) System-board assembly - See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

VRD Power Good fault 1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-boardassembly - See “Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

System over recommended voltage for +12V. Informational only.

Note: If the problem remains, complete the following steps:

1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-boardassembly - See “Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

162 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 175: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Message Action

System over recommended voltage for +0.9V. Informational only.

Note: If the problem remains, complete the following steps:

1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-boardassembly - See “Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

System over recommended voltage for +3.3V. Informational only.

Note: If the problem remains, complete the following steps:

1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-boardassembly - See “Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

System over recommended 5 V fault.Informational only.Note: If the problem remains, complete the following steps:

1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-boardassembly - See “Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

System under recommended voltage for +12V. Informational only.

Note: If the problem remains, complete the following steps:

1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-boardassembly - See “Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 163

Page 176: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Message Action

System under recommended voltage for +0.9V. Informational only.

Note: If the problem remains, complete the following steps:

1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-boardassembly - See “Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

System under recommended voltage for +3.3V. Informational only.

Note: If the problem remains, complete the following steps:

1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-boardassembly - See “Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

System under recommended +5 V fault.Informational only.Note: If the problem remains, complete the following steps:

1. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See“Solving shared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-boardassembly - See “Removing the system-board assembly” on page84 and “Installing the system-board assembly” on page 85.

164 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 177: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Power problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve power problems for the blade server.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

The power-control button doesnot work.

1. Reseat the control-panel connector - See “Blade server controls and LEDs” onpage 11.

2. Replace the bezel assembly - See “Removing the bezel assembly” on page 74and “Installing the bezel assembly” on page 75.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly - See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 165

Page 178: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

The blade server does not turnon.

1. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

2. Make sure that the power-on LED on the blade server control panel is flashingslowly. See “Blade server controls and LEDs” on page 11.v If the power LED is flashing rapidly and continues to do so, the blade server

is not communicating with the Advanced Management Module; reseat theblade server. See “Removing the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” onpage 48 and “Installing the blade server in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49.

v If the power LED is off, the blade server bay is not receiving power, theblade server is defective, or the LED information panel is loose or defective.See “Removing the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 and“Installing the blade server in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49.

3. Check the power-management policies in the operating system for the bladeserver. See the Advanced Management Module User's Guide for more information.

4. Check the Advanced-Management-Module log of the corresponding bladeserver for an error that is preventing the blade server from turning on. See“Error logs” on page 91.

5. Reseat the blade server - See “Removing the blade server from the BladeCenterunit” on page 48 and “Installing the blade server in a BladeCenter unit” onpage 49.

6. If you just installed a device in the blade server, remove it and restart theblade server. If the blade server now starts, you might have installed moredevices than the power to that blade server bay supports.

7. If you tried another blade server in the blade server bay when you check thefunction of the shared BladeCenter unit resources and the other blade serverworked, complete the following tasks on the blade server that you removed:a. If an optional expansion unit is installed, reseat it - See “Removing an

optional expansion unit” on page 53 and “Installing an optional expansionunit” on page 54.

b. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown,restarting the blade server each time:1) Optional expansion unit (if one is installed) - See “Removing an

optional expansion unit” on page 53 and “Installing an optionalexpansion unit” on page 54.

2) (Trained service technician only) System-board assembly - See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85.

8. See “Solving undetermined problems” on page 217.

The blade server turns off forno apparent reason.

1. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

2. (Trained service technician only) If the microprocessor error LED is lit, replacethe microprocessor - See “Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” on page78 and “Installing a microprocessor and heat sink” on page 81.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly - See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85.

166 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 179: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

The blade server does not turnoff.

1. Verify whether you are using an Advanced Configuration and Power Interface(ACPI) or non-ACPI operating system.

2. If you are using a non-ACPI operating system, complete the following steps:

a. Turn off the blade server by pressing the power-control button for 4seconds. See “Blade server controls and LEDs” on page 11.

b. If the blade server fails during POST and the power-control button doesnot work, remove the blade server from the bay and reseat it. See“Removing the blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 and“Installing the blade server in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49.

3. If the problem remains or if you are using an ACPI-aware operating system,complete the following steps:

a. Check the power-management policies in the operating system for theblade server.

b. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly - See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 167

Page 180: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Removable-media drive problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve removable-media drive problems inthe blade server.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved. The removable-media (CD, DVD, or diskette)drives are shared BladeCenter unit resources. First, make sure that the drives areassigned to the blade server; then, see the following table and “Solving sharedBladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

All removable-media driveproblems.

1. The media-tray select button LED on the front of the blade server is lit,indicating that the blade server is connected to the shared removable-mediadrives.

2. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

3. Run the Setup utility and make sure that the drive is enabled. See “Setuputility menu” on page 20.

4. For SAS storage drive problems, make sure that the correct device driver isinstalled. For the latest device drivers, go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.

5. Reseat the battery - See “Removing the battery” on page 86 and “Installing thebattery” on page 87.

6. Replace the battery - See “Removing the battery” on page 86 and “Installingthe battery” on page 87.

7. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly - See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85.

The CD or DVD drive isdetected as /dev/sr0 by SUSELinux. (If the SUSE Linuxoperating system is installedremotely on a blade server thatis not the current owner of themedia tray [CD or DVD drive,diskette drive, and USB port],SUSE Linux detects the CD orDVD drive as /dev/sr0 insteadof /dev/cdrom.)

Establish a link between /dev/sr0 and /dev/cdrom as follows:

1. Enter the following command:

rm /dev/cdrom; ln -s /dev/sr0 /dev/cdrom

2. Insert the following line in the /etc/fstab file:

/dev/cdrom /media/cdrom auto ro,noauto,user,exec 0 0

168 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 181: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

The CD or DVD drive is notrecognized after being switchedback to the blade serverrunning Windows 2000Advanced Server with SP3applied. (When the CD or DVDdrive that is owned by bladeserver x is switched to anotherblade server, then is switchedback to blade server x, theoperating system in bladeserver x no longer recognizesthe CD or DVD drive. Thishappens when you have notsafely stopped the drives beforeyou switched ownership of themedia tray [CD or DVD drive,diskette drive, and USB port]).

Note: Because the BladeCenter unit uses USB to communicate with the media traydevices, switching ownership of the media tray to another blade server is thesame as disconnecting a USB device. Before you switch ownership of the CD orDVD drive (media tray) to another blade server, safely stop the media tray deviceson the blade server that currently owns the media tray, as follows:

1. Double-click the Unplug/Eject Hardware icon in the Windows taskbar.

2. Select USB Floppy and click Stop.

3. Select USB Mass Storage Device and click Stop.

4. Click Close.

You can now safely switch ownership of the media tray to another blade server.

ServerGuide problemsUse this information to locate ServerGuide problems and suggested actions.

The following table lists problem symptoms and suggested solutions.

Symptom Suggested action

The ServerGuide Setup andInstallation CD will not start.

v Make sure that the CD drive is associated with the blade server that you areconfiguring.

v Make sure that the blade server supports the ServerGuide program and has abootable CD (or DVD) drive.

v If the startup (boot) sequence settings have been changed, make sure that theCD drive is first in the startup sequence.

The RAID configurationprogram cannot view allinstalled drives, or theoperating system cannot beinstalled.

v Make sure that there are no duplicate SCSI/SAS IDs or interrupt request (IRQ)assignments. See “Configuring a RAID array” on page 34.

v Make sure that the storage drive is connected correctly. See “Blade serverconnectors” on page 15 to locate the storage drive connector.

The operating-systeminstallation programcontinuously loops.

Make more space available on the hard disk.

The ServerGuide program willnot start the operating-systemCD.

Make sure that the operating-system CD is supported by the ServerGuideprogram. See the ServerGuide Setup and Installation CD label for a list of supportedoperating-system versions.

The operating system cannot beinstalled; the option is notavailable.

Make sure that the operating system is supported on the blade server. If theoperating system is supported, either no logical drive is defined (SCSI/SAS RAIDsystems) or the ServerGuide System Partition is not present. Run the ServerGuideprogram and make sure that setup is complete.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 169

Page 182: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Service processor problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve service processor problems for theblade server.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

The management modulereports a general monitorfailure.

Disconnect the BladeCenter unit from all electrical sources, wait for 30 seconds,reconnect the BladeCenter unit to the electrical sources, and restart the bladeserver. If the problem remains, see “Solving undetermined problems” on page 217.

Software problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve software problems for the bladeserver.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

You suspect a softwareproblem.

1. To determine whether the problem is caused by the software, make sure that:v The blade server has the minimum memory that is needed to use the

software. For memory requirements, see the information that comes with thesoftware.Note: If you have just installed an adapter or memory, the blade servermight have a memory-address conflict.

v The software is designed to operate on the blade server.v Other software works on the blade server.v The software works on another server.

2. If you receive any error messages while you use the software, see theinformation that comes with the software for a description of the messages andsuggested solutions to the problem.

3. Contact your place of purchase of the software.

170 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 183: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Universal Serial Bus (USB) port problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve USB port problems in the bladeserver.

The USB ports are shared BladeCenter unit resources. First, make sure that the USBports are assigned to the blade server; then, see the following table and “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Symptom Action

A USB device does not work. 1. Check the function of the shared BladeCenter unit resources. See “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” on page 212.

2. Make sure that:v The operating system supports USB devices.v The correct USB device driver is installed. For the latest device drivers, go to

http://www.ibm.com/support/.

3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system-board assembly. See“Removing the system-board assembly” on page 84 and “Installing thesystem-board assembly” on page 85.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 171

Page 184: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Light path diagnosticsUse this information as an overview of light path diagnostics.

Light path diagnostics is a system of LEDs on the control panel and on variousinternal components of the blade server. When an error occurs, LEDs can be litthroughout the blade server to help identify the source of the error.

After you remove the blade server, you can press and hold the light pathdiagnostics switch for a maximum of 25 seconds to light the LEDs and locate thefailing component. The following components have this feature:v Storage drivesv Light path diagnostics panelv Microprocessorsv Memory modules (DIMMs)

Viewing the light path diagnostics LEDsUse this information to locate and identify the light path diagnostics LEDs.

Before you work inside the blade server to view light path diagnostics LEDs, read“Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation guidelines” on page 45.

If an error occurs, view the light path diagnostics LEDs in the following order:1. Look at the control panel on the front of the blade server (see “Blade server

controls and LEDs” on page 11).v If the information LED is lit, it indicates that information about a suboptimal

condition in the blade server is available in the IMM log or in theAdvanced-Management-Module event log.

v If the blade-error LED is lit, it indicates that an error has occurred; view thelight path diagnostics panel and LEDs to isolate the failing component.

2. To view the light path diagnostics panel and LEDs, complete the followingsteps:a. Remove the blade server from the BladeCenter unit. See “Removing the

blade server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48.b. Place the blade server on a flat, static-protective surface.c. Remove the cover from the blade server. See “Removing the blade server

cover” on page 51.d. Press and hold the light path diagnostics switch to light the LEDs of the

failing components in the blade server. The LEDs will remain lit for as longas you press the switch, to a maximum of 25 seconds.

172 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 185: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

The following illustration shows the locations of the system-board error LEDs.

DIMM 7-error LED

DIMM 9-error LED

DIMM 8-error LED

DIMM 10-error LEDDIMM 11-error LEDDIMM 12-error LED

DIMM 6-error LEDDIMM 5-error LEDDIMM 4-error LEDDIMM 3-error LEDDIMM 2-error LEDDIMM 1-error LED

Battery-error LED

Microprocessor 2-error LED

Microprocessor 1-error LED

SAS 0-error LED

SAS 1-error LED

The following illustrations show the system-board light path diagnostics panel andLEDs on the system-board light path diagnostics panel.

Switch block

Light pathdiagnostics

MISLP 1

TEMP

SYS BRDNMI

System board error LED

NMI error LED

Over Temperature LED

Microprocessormismatch LED

Light Pathdiagnostic LED

Light Pathdiagnostic switch

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 173

Page 186: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Light path diagnostics LEDsUse this information to diagnose and resolve possible errors displayed by the lightpath diagnostic LEDs.

The following table describes the LEDs on the light path diagnostics panels, on thesystem board, and on the optional expansion unit and suggested actions to correctthe detected problems.

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Lit light pathdiagnostics LED Description Action

None An error has occurred and cannot be isolated,or the service processor has failed.

1. Make sure that the light path diagnosticsLED is lit, to ensure that there is enoughpower in the blade server to light the restof the LEDs. See “Viewing the light pathdiagnostics LEDs” on page 172.

2. Check the BMC log for information aboutan error that is not represented by a lightpath diagnostics LED. See “Using theSetup utility” on page 19.

Battery error The system battery is not installed or is notworking.

1. Reseat the battery. See “Removing thebattery” on page 86 and “Installing thebattery” on page 87.

2. Replace the battery. See “Removing thebattery” on page 86 and “Installing thebattery” on page 87.

DIMM x error A memory error occurred. 1. Make sure that the DIMM that is indicatedby the lit LED is supported. See “Viewingthe light path diagnostics LEDs” on page172.

2. Reseat the DIMM that is indicated by thelit LED. See “Removing a memorymodule” on page 59 and “Installing amemory module” on page 60.

3. Replace the DIMM that is indicated by thelit LED. See “Removing a memorymodule” on page 59 and “Installing amemory module” on page 60.

Note: Multiple DIMM LEDs do notnecessarily indicate multiple DIMM failures. Ifmore than one DIMM LED is lit, reseat orreplace one DIMM at a time until the error iscorrected.

LP1 v LP1 LED on system board: system-boardassembly light path diagnostic LEDs havepower.

v LP1 LED on optional expansion unit: checklight path LEDs on the system board.

Check for error LEDs that are lit on thesystem-board assembly. See “Viewing the lightpath diagnostics LEDs” on page 172.

174 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 187: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Lit light pathdiagnostics LED Description Action

LP2

(optionalexpansion unitonly)

Light path diagnostic LEDs on the optionalexpansion unit have power.

Check for error LEDs that are lit on theoptional expansion unit. See “Viewing thelight path diagnostics LEDs” on page 172.

Microprocessorerror

The microprocessor has failed or overheated,or the start microprocessor is missing.

1. Check the Integrated Management Module(IMM) log for more information. See“Viewing event logs through the Setuputility” on page 91.

2. If the log shows that a microprocessor isdisabled or that a microprocessor error hasoccurred, perform one of the followingactions:

a. (Trained service technician only) Reseatthe microprocessor that is indicated bythe lit LED. See “Removing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page78 and “Installing a microprocessor andheat sink” on page 81.

b. (Trained service technician only)Replace the microprocessor that isindicated by the lit LED. See“Removing a microprocessor and heatsink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page81.

MIS Microprocessor mismatch. Make sure that microprocessors 1 and 2 areidentical (number of cores, cache size andtype, clock speed, internal and external clockfrequencies).

1. Verify the type of microprocessors installedby using the Configuration/Setup utility.See “Using the Setup utility” on page 19.

2. (Trained service technician only) Replacemicroprocessor 2 with an identicalmicroprocessor to microprocessor 1. See“Removing a microprocessor and heatsink” on page 78 and “Installing amicroprocessor and heat sink” on page 81.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 175

Page 188: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem issolved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Lit light pathdiagnostics LED Description Action

NMI (NMI error) The system board has failed. 1. Replace the blade server cover, reinsert theblade server in the BladeCenter unit, andthen restart the blade server. Check theBMC log for information about the error.See “Using the Setup utility” on page 19.

2. (Trained service technician only) Replacethe system-board assembly - See“Removing the system-board assembly” onpage 84 and “Installing the system-boardassembly” on page 85.

SAS storage driveerror

A storage drive has failed. Run the SAS Attached Disk diagnostic test. Ifthe drives passes diagnostics but continues tohave a problem, replace the storage drive witha new one. See “Dynamic system analysisdiagnostic programs and messages.”

SYS BRD (Systemboard error)

The system board has failed (Trained service technician only) Replace thesystem-board assembly - See “Removing thesystem-board assembly” on page 84 and“Installing the system-board assembly” onpage 85.

TEMP (Overtemperature error)

The system temperature has exceeded athreshold level.

1. Check the function of the sharedBladeCenter unit resources. See “Solvingshared BladeCenter resource problems” onpage 212.

2. Make sure the air vents are not blockedand that all blade bays in the BladeCenterunit have a blade server or a blade fillerinstalled.

3. Make sure that the room temperature isnot too high. See “Features andspecifications” on page 9 for temperatureinformation.

Dynamic system analysis diagnostic programs and messagesUse this information to learn more about using the dynamic system analysis (DSA)diagnostic programs and messages to resolve blade server errors.

The Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Preboot diagnostic programs are the primarymethod of testing the major components of the server. DSA is a system informationcollection and analysis tool that you can use to provide information IBM serviceand support to aid in the diagnosis of the system problems.

As you run the diagnostic programs, text messages are displayed on the screenand are saved in the test log. A diagnostic text message indicates that a problem

176 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 189: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

has been detected and provides the action you should take as a result of the textmessage. The diagnostic programs collect the following information about theblade server:v System configurationv Network interfaces and settingsv Installed hardwarev Light path diagnostics statusv Vital product data, firmware, and UEFI configurationv Hard disk drive healthv Baseboard Management Controller logs

The DSA diagnostic programs can also provide diagnostics for the followingsystem components, if they are installed in the system:v BroadCom Ethernet controllerv Optical (CD or DVD) drivesv Storage drivesv LSI 1064e SAS RAID controllerv Baseboard management controllerv Memoryv Microprocessor

The diagnostic programs create a merged log, called the DSA error log, thatincludes events from all collected logs. You can output all of the collected XML filethat you can send to the IBM service and support, view the information locallythrough a generated text report file, or copy the log to a removable media andview the log from a Web browser. See “Running the diagnostic programs” for moreinformation.

If you cannot find the problem using the diagnostic programs, see “Solvingundetermined problems” on page 217 for information about testing the bladeserver.

Running the diagnostic programsUse this information to start the diagnostic programs for the blade server.

Important: The DSA diagnostic programs do not support USB CD-ROM drives. Ifyou run the DSA diagnostic programs while any USB CD-ROM drives areattached, ignore any optical drive test results that are returned for USB CD-ROMdrives. You can also remove USB CD-ROM drives before you run the DSAdiagnostic programs to get accurate optical drive test results.

To run the DSA Preboot diagnostic programs, complete the following steps:1. If the blade server is running, turn off the blade server and all attached devices.2. Turn on all attached devices; then, turn on the blade server.3. When the prompt Press F2 for Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) is displayed,

press F2.4. From the diagnostic programs screen, select the test that you want to run and

follow the instructions on the screen.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 177

Page 190: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

For help with the diagnostic programs, press F1. You also can press F1 from withina help screen to obtain online documentation from which you can select differentcategories. To exit from the help information, press Esc.

To determine what action you should take as a result of a diagnostic text messageor error code, see the table in “Diagnostic messages” on page 179.

If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problemremains during normal server operations, a software error might be the cause. Ifyou suspect a software problem, see the information that comes with yoursoftware.

A single problem might cause more than one error message. When this happens,correct the cause of the first error message. The other error messages usually willnot occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs.

Exception: If there are multiple error codes or light path diagnostics LEDs thatindicate a microprocessor error, the error might be in a microprocessor or in amicroprocessor socket.

If the blade server stops responding during testing and you cannot continue,restart the blade server and try running the diagnostic programs again. If theproblem remains, replace the component that was being tested when the bladeserver stopped.

The diagnostic programs assume that a keyboard and mouse are attached to theBladeCenter unit and that the blade server controls them. If you run the diagnosticprograms with either no mouse or a mouse attached to the BladeCenter unit that isnot controlled by the blade server, you cannot use the Next Cat and Prev Catbuttons to select categories. All other mouse-selectable functions are availablethrough function keys.

To view server configuration information such as system configuration, memorycontents, interrupt request (IRQ) use, direct memory access (DMA) use, or devicedrivers, select Hardware Info from the top of the screen.

Diagnostic text messagesUse this information to understand the diagnostic text messages that display whilethe tests are running.

A diagnostic text message contains one of the following results:

Passed: The test was completed without any errors.

Failed: The test detected an error.

User Aborted: You stopped the test before it was completed.

Not Applicable: You attempted to test a device that is not present in the bladeserver.

Aborted: The test could not proceed because of the blade server configuration.

Warning: The test could not be run. There was no failure of the hardware that wasbeing tested, but there might be a hardware failure elsewhere, or another problem

178 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 191: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

prevented the test from running; for example, there might be a configurationproblem, or the hardware might be missing or is not being recognized.

The result is followed by an error code or other additional information about theerror.

Viewing the test logUse this information to view the test log of the blade server.

You can use one of the following methods to access the test log when the tests arecompleted:v From the DSA command line, issue the DSA CLI View command or select the

Diagnostic Event Log option from the DSA graphical user interface (GUI)v From the DSA interactive menu, select the getextendedresults option.v From the DSA interactive menu, select the View option to view all of the

collected results and error log data.v In the DSA GUI, select DSA Error Log from the System Information page.

You can send the DSA error log file to IBM service and support to aid indiagnosing the server problems or you can use the DSA CLI copy command tocopy the log to an external USB device.

Diagnostic messagesUse this information to review the diagnostic error messages and resolve anyerrors that might occur in the blade server.

If the diagnostic programs generate error codes that are not listed in the table,make sure that the latest level of the UEFI code is installed. To download the latestfirmware for the blade server, go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.

The following table describes the messages that the diagnostic programs mightgenerate and suggested actions to correct the detected problems. Follow thesuggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the action column. In theerror codes, x can be any numeral or letter. However, if the three-digit number inthe central position of the code is 000, 195, or 197, do not replace a CRU or FRU.These numbers appearing in the central position of the code have the followingmeanings:

000 The blade server passed the test. Do not replace a CRU or FRU.

195 The Esc key was pressed to end the test. Do not replace a CRU or FRU.

197 This is a warning error, but it does not indicate a hardware failure; do notreplace a CRU or FRU. Take the action that is indicated in the Actioncolumn, but do not replace a CRU or a FRU. See the description for Warningin the section “Diagnostic text messages” on page 178 for moreinformation.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 179

Page 192: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

IMM self testsUse this information to resolve IMM self-test errors by referencing the error codesand following the suggested corrective actions.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-901-xxx Failed the IMM test due to a failure in thehost bus.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove it.See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade server bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the component firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server and reseat the bladeserver in the blade server bay and turn on theblade server. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 and“Turning on the blade server” on page 14.

7. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

8. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

180 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 193: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-902-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure inSIO Bus and DASD SEP.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove it.See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade server bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the component firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server and reseat the bladeserver in the blade server bay and turn on theblade server. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

7. Rerun the test.

8. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 181

Page 194: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-903-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure in theLAN bus.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade module bay, but do not removeit. See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the component firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Make sure that the Ethernet device firmwarelevel is up-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then,rerun the test. The installed firmware level canbe found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Logwithin the Firmware/VPD section for thiscomponent. The latest level firmware for thiscomponent can be found on the IBM supportWeb site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

7. Turn off the blade server and reseat the bladeserver in the blade server bay and turn on theblade server. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

8. Rerun the test.

9. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

182 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 195: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-904-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure in themain expander.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove it.See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the component firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server and reseat the bladeserver in the blade server bay and turn on theblade server. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

7. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

8. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 183

Page 196: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-905-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure in theCPU/VRD bus.

Note: Ignore this error if the direct access storagedevice (DASD) planar is not installed.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not removeit. See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test. The latest code can be found on theIBM support Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the IMM firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test. The installed firmware level can befound in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log withinthe Firmware/VPD section for this component.The latest level firmware for this componentcan be found on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server, remove the bladeserver from the blade server bay and removethe cover. (See “Removing the blade servercover” on page 51 for more information).

7. Locate the microprocessor and reseat it. (See“Removing a microprocessor and heat sink” onpage 78 for more information.)

8. Close the cover and reseat the blade server inthe blade server bay and turn on the bladeserver.

9. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

10. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

184 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 197: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-906-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure inVPD or Power PSOC.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove itfrom the bay. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the IMM firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove itfrom the bay. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

7. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

8. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

9. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 185

Page 198: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-907-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure in theEXP A0 bus.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove it.See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the IMM firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove itfrom the bay. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

7. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

8. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

9. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

186 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 199: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-908-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure in theEXP A1 bus.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove it.See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the IMM firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove itfrom the bay. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

7. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

8. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

9. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 187

Page 200: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-909-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure in theEXP B bus.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove it.See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the IMM firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove itfrom the bay. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

7. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

8. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

9. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

188 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 201: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-910-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure in theonboard legacy daughter card.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove it.See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the IMM firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove itfrom the bay. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

7. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver.See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

8. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

9. If the failure remains, see Chapter 5, “Removingand replacing blade server components,” onpage 45 to replace the failed component.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 189

Page 202: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-911-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure in theBSE-3 PCI-X A slot.

1. Turn off the blade server. See “Turning off theblade server” on page 14.

2. Open the blade server release levers and pullthe blade server away from the blade serverbay, but do not remove it. See “Removing theblade server from the BladeCenter unit” onpage 48.

3. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

4. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

5. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test. The latest code can be found on theIBM support Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Make sure that the IMM firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test. The installed firmware level can befound in the DSA Diagnostic Event Log withinthe Firmware/VPD section for this component.The latest level firmware for this componentcan be found on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

7. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove itfrom the bay. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48.

8. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

9. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

10. If the failure remains, see Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45.

190 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 203: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

166-912-xxx Failed the IMM self test due to a failure in theBSE-3 PCI-X B slot.

1. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove it.See “Removing the blade server from theBladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

2. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

5. Make sure that the IMM firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

6. Turn off the blade server, open the blade serverrelease levers and pull the blade server awayfrom the blade server bay, but do not remove itfrom the bay. See “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48 for moreinformation.

7. Wait 45 seconds and reseat the blade server inthe blade module bay and turn on the bladeserver. See “Installing the blade server in aBladeCenter unit” on page 49 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

8. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

9. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 191

Page 204: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Broadcom Ethernet device testsUse this information to resolve Broadcom Ethernet device errors.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

405-002-xxx Passed the EEPROM test on the system board. N/A

405-903-xxx Failed the EEPROM test on the system board. 1. Make sure that the component firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

2. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

405-003-xxx Passed the Internal memory test. N/A

405-904-xxx Failed the Internal memory test. 1. Make sure that the component firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

2. If the failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

192 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 205: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

CPU stress testsUse this information to view CPU stress test error codes and resolve CPU stresstest errors.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

089-801-xxx Aborted due to an internal program error. 1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server. See “Turning offthe blade server” on page 14 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

3. Make sure that the system firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

4. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14 and “Turning on the blade server” on page14.

5. (Trained service technician only) If thecomponent failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 193

Page 206: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

089-802-xxx Aborted due a system resource availabilityerror.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server. See “Turning offthe blade server” on page 14 and “Turning onthe blade server” on page 14.

2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The latest code can be found on the IBMsupport Web site at http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

3. Make sure that the system firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

4. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14 and “Turning on the blade server” on page14.

5. (Trained service technician only) If thecomponent failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

194 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 207: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

089-901-xxx Failed the CPU stress test. 1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14 and “Turning on the blade server” on page14.

2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. up-to-date, upgrade if necessary. The latestcode can be found on the IBM support Web siteat http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

3. Make sure that the system firmware level isup-to-date, upgrade if necessary; then, rerun thetest. The installed firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/supportsite.wss/docdisplay?brandind=5000008&lndocid=MIGR-63017.

4. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest.

5. (Trained service technician only) If thecomponent failure remains, refer to Chapter 5,“Removing and replacing blade servercomponents,” on page 45 to replace the failedcomponent.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 195

Page 208: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Memory self testsUse this information to diagnose and resolve memory-self test errors.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

210-000-000 Passed the memory self test. N/A

201-811-xxx Aborted the memory self test because the testwas unable to locate the _SM_ key whenlocating the SMBIOS structure data.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14, “Turning on the blade server” on page 14and “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

3. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

4. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

5. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

196 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 209: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

201-812-xxx Aborted the memory self test because theSMBIOS type 0 structure indicates anon-supported, invalid machine ID.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14, “Turning on the blade server” on page 14and “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

3. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

4. Rerun the test.

201-815-xxx Aborted the memory self test because of aprogramming error in the Quick Memorymenu item selection process.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14, “Turning on the blade server” on page 14and “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is atthe latest level; then, rerun the test (“Diagnostictools overview” on page 89). The latest code canbe found on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

3. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

4. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 197

Page 210: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

201-818-xxx Aborted the memory self test because the testwas unable to locate the _SM_ key whenlocating the SMBIOS structure data for thememory information.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14, “Turning on the blade server” on page 14and “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

3. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

201-819-xxx Aborted the memory self test because theSTART-END address ranges are located in therestricted area of memory.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14, “Turning on the blade server” on page 14and “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is atthe latest level; then, rerun the test (“Diagnostictools overview” on page 89). The latest code canbe found on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

3. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

4. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

198 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 211: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

201-877-xxx Aborted the memory self test because theMirroring feature is enabled.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server. See “Turning offthe blade server” on page 14, “Turning on theblade server” on page 14.

2. Press F1 during start up and turn off theMirroring feature; then, rerun the test. See“Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

3. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

4. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

201-878-xxx Aborted the memory self test because theSparing feature is enabled.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server. See “Turning offthe blade server” on page 14, “Turning on theblade server” on page 14.

2. Press F1 during start up and turn off theMirroring feature; then, rerun the test. See“Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

3. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

4. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 199

Page 212: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

201-885-xxx Aborted the memory self test because themicroprocessor does not support MTRRfunctions and cannot de-cache availablememory.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14, “Turning on the blade server” on page 14and “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is atthe latest level; then, rerun the test (“Diagnostictools overview” on page 89). The latest code canbe found on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

3. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

4. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

201-886-xxx Aborted due to a program error in the E820function call, which indicates there is notenough available memory for testing.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14, “Turning on the blade server” on page 14and “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

3. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

200 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 213: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

201-894-xxx Aborted due to an unexpected error code. 1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff and restart the blade server; then, rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14, “Turning on the blade server” on page 14and “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is atthe latest level; then, rerun the test (“Diagnostictools overview” on page 89). The latest code canbe found on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

3. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

4. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

201-899-xxx The memory self test was aborted by the user. The memory self test was terminated by the userbefore test completion.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 201

Page 214: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

201-901-xxx Failed the memory self test due to a single-biterror in DIMM x OR failed the memory selftest due to a multi-bit error in DIMMs x andy.

1. If the blade server has stopped responding, turnoff the blade server and pull it out of the bay todisconnect it from power. See “Turning off theblade server” on page 14 and “Removing theblade server from the BladeCenter unit” onpage 48.

2. Reseat DIMM x. See “Removing a memorymodule” on page 59 and “Installing a memorymodule” on page 60.

3. Return the blade server to the blade server bayand turn on the blade server. See “Installing theblade server in a BladeCenter unit” on page 49and “Turning on the blade server” on page 14.

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is atthe latest level; then, rerun the test (“Diagnostictools overview” on page 89). The latest code canbe found on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

5. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The BIOS firmware level can be found inthe DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

6. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailing DIMMs.

7. Return the blade server to the blade server bay(“Installing the blade server in a BladeCenterunit” on page 49), press F1 during start up andin the Setup utility > Resource Utilizationsection, click Available System Memory tore-enable all memory; then, rerun the test(“Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89).

202 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 215: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Optical drive self testsUse this information to diagnose and resolve optical drive self-test errors.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

215-000-xxx Passed the optical drive self test. N/A

215-801-xxx Aborted the optical drive self test because itwas unable to communicate with the devicedriver.

1. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test (“Diagnostic tools overview” on page89). The latest code can be found IBM supportWeb site at http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

2. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive issecurely connected at both ends of the cable,then; tighten any loose connections. See yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout replacing the optical drive (media tray).

3. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive isnot damaged, then; replace the cable if damageis present. See your BladeCenter documentationfor information about replacing the opticaldrive.

4. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

5. For additional troubleshooting information, goto http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-41559.

6. Make sure that the system firmware level is atthe latest level and upgrade if necessary; then,rerun the test. The installed firmware level canbe found in the DSA Diagnostic Event Logwithin the Firmware/VPD section for thiscomponent. The latest level firmware for thiscomponent can be found on the IBM supportWeb site at http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017

7. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

8. Replace the CD or DVD drive. See yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout replacing the optical drive (media tray).

9. If the failure remains, collect the data from theDSA event log and sent it to IBM Service. Forinformation about contacting and sending datato IBM Service, see “Getting help and technicalassistance,” on page 219.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 203

Page 216: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

215-802-xxx Aborted the optical drive self test due tomedia tray being open.

1. Close the media tray and wait 15 seconds. Seeyour BladeCenter documentation forinformation about the optical drive (mediatray).

2. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

3. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive andwait for 15 seconds for the media to berecognized; then, rerun the test. See“Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

4. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive issecurely connected at both ends of the cableand tighten any loose connections. See yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout the optical drive (media tray).

5. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive isnot damaged and replace the cable if damageis present. See your BladeCenterdocumentation for information about theoptical drive (media tray).

6. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

7. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary. The latestcode can be found at http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

8. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

9. For additional troubleshooting information, goto http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-41559.

10. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

11. Replace the CD or DVD drive (media tray). Seeyour BladeCenter documentation forinformation about replacing the optical drive.

12. If the failure remains, collect the data from theDSA event log and send it to IBM Service. Forinformation about contacting and sending datato IBM Service, see “Getting help and technicalassistance,” on page 219.

204 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 217: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

215-803-xxx Failed the optical drive self test due to thedisk possibly being in use by the system.

1. Wait for the system activity to stop; then, rerunthe test. See .

2. Turn off and turn on the system, then; rerun thetest. See “Turning off the blade server” on page14, “Turning on the blade server” on page 14and “Diagnostic tools overview” on page 89.

3. If the component failure remains, see yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout replacing the optical drive (media tray).

4. If the failure remains, collect the data from theDSA event log (“Diagnostic tools overview” onpage 89) and send it to IBM Service. Forinformation about contacting and sending datato IBM Service, see “Getting help and technicalassistance,” on page 219.

215-901-xxx Aborted the optical drive self test because thedrive media was not detected.

1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive andwait for 15 seconds for the media to berecognized; then, rerun the test. See“Diagnostictools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive issecurely connected at both ends of the cable andtighten any loose connections. See yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout the optical drive (media tray).

3. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive isnot damaged and replace the cable if damage ispresent. See your BladeCenter documentationfor information about the optical drive (mediatray).

4. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

5. For additional troubleshooting information, goto http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-41559.

6. Rerun the test. See“Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

7. Replace the CD or DVD drive. See yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout replacing the optical drive (media tray).

8. If the failure remains, collect the data from theDSA event log (“Diagnostic tools overview” onpage 89) and send it to IBM Service. Forinformation about contacting and sending datato IBM Service, see “Getting help and technicalassistance,” on page 219.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 205

Page 218: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

215-902-xxx Failed the optical drive self test due to a readmiscompare.

1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the drive andwait for 15 seconds for the media to berecognized; then, rerun the test. See “Diagnostictools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive issecurely connected at both ends of the cable andtighten any loose connections. See yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout the optical drive (media tray).

3. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive isnot damaged and replace the cable if damage ispresent. See your BladeCenter documentationfor information about the optical drive (mediatray).

4. Rerun the test. See“Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

5. For additional troubleshooting information, goto http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-41559.

6. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

7. Replace the CD or DVD drive. See yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout replacing the optical drive (media tray).

8. If the failure remains, collect the data from theDSA event log and send it to IBM Service. Forinformation about contacting and sending datato IBM Service, see “Getting help and technicalassistance,” on page 219.

206 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 219: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

215-903-xxx Aborted the optical drive self test because thedrive could not be accessed.

1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the optical driveand wait for 15 seconds for the media to berecognized; then, rerun the test. See “Diagnostictools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive issecurely connected at both ends of the cable. Seeyour BladeCenter documentation forinformation about the optical drive (media tray).

3. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive isnot damaged; then, replace the cable if damageis present. See your BladeCenter documentationfor information about replacing the optical drive(media tray).

4. Make sure that the DSA Diagnostic code is atthe latest level and upgrade if necessary; then,rerun the test. The latest code can be found onthe IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1SERV-DSA.

5. For additional troubleshooting information, goto http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-41559.

6. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

7. Replace the CD or DVD drive. Refer to yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout replacing the drive.

8. If the failure remains, collect the data from theDSA event log and send it to IBM Service. Forinformation about contacting and sending datato IBM Service, see “Getting help and technicalassistance,” on page 219.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 207

Page 220: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

215-904-xxx Failed the optical drive self test due to apossible read error.

1. Insert a new CD or DVD into the optical driveand wait for 15 seconds for the media to berecognized; then, rerun the test. See “Diagnostictools overview” on page 89.

2. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive issecurely connected at both ends of the cable. Seeyour BladeCenter documentation forinformation about the optical drive (media tray).

3. Make sure that the cable for the optical drive isnot damaged; then, replace the cable if damageis present. See your BladeCenter documentationfor information about replacing the optical drive(media tray).

4. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

5. For additional troubleshooting information, goto http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-41559.

6. Rerun the test. See “Diagnostic tools overview”on page 89.

7. Replace the CD or DVD drive. See yourBladeCenter documentation for informationabout replacing the optical drive (media tray).

8. If the failure remains, collect the data from theDSA event log and send it to IBM Service. Forinformation about contacting and sending datato IBM Service, see “Getting help and technicalassistance,” on page 219.

208 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 221: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Storage drive self testsUse this information to diagnose and resolve storage drive self test problems forthe blade server.

Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Actioncolumn until the problem is solved.

v See Chapter 4, “Parts listing, Type 7870 and 1936,” on page 39 to determine which components are CRUs andwhich components are FRUs.

v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by atrained service technician.

Error code Description Action

217-000-000 Passed the storage drive self test. N/A

217-900-xxx Failed the storage drive self test. 1. Make sure that the storage drive is securelyconnected in the storage drive connector, then;reseat the storage drive.

2. Rerun the test.

3. Make sure that the system BIOS firmware is atthe latest level, upgrade if necessary; then, rerunthe test. The BIOS firmware level can be foundin the DSA Diagnostic Event Log within theFirmware/VPD section for this component. Thelatest level firmware for this component can befound on the IBM support Web site athttp://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=psg1MIGR-63017.

4. Rerun the test.

5. If the component failure remains, refer toChapter 5, “Removing and replacing bladeserver components,” on page 45 to replace thefailed component.

217-800-xxx The storage drive self test was terminated bythe user.

N/A

Tape alert flagsUse this information to diagnose and resolve tape alert flags for the blade server.

Tape alert flags are numbered 1 through 64 and indicate a specific media-changererror condition. Each tape alert is returned as an individual log parameter, and itsstate is indicated in bit 0 of the 1-byte Parameter Value field of the log parameter.When this bit is set to 1, the alert is active.

Each tape alert flag has one of the following severity levels:C - CriticalW - WarningI - Information

Different tape drives support some or all of the following flags in the tape alertlog:

Flag 2: Library Hardware B (W) This flag is set when an unrecoverablemechanical error occurs.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 209

Page 222: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Flag 4: Library Hardware D (C) This flag is set when the tape drive fails thepower-on self-test or a mechanical error occurs that requires a power cycle torecover. This flag is internally cleared when the drive is powered-off.Flag 13: Library Pick Retry (W) This flag is set when a high retry countthreshold is passed during an operation to pick a cartridge from a slot beforethe operation succeeds. This flag is internally cleared when another pickoperation is attempted.Flag 14: Library Place Retry (W) This flag is set when a high retry countthreshold is passed during an operation to place a cartridge back into a slotbefore the operation succeeds. This flag is internally cleared when another placeoperation is attempted.Flag 15: Library Load Retry (W) This flag is set when a high retry countthreshold is passed during an operation to load a cartridge into a drive beforethe operation succeeds. This flag is internally cleared when another loadoperation is attempted. Note that if the load operation fails because of a mediaor drive problem, the drive sets the applicable tape alert flags.Flag 16: Library Door (C) This flag is set when media move operations cannotbe performed because a door is open. This flag is internally cleared when thedoor is closed.Flag 23: Library Scan Retry (W) This flag is set when a high retry countthreshold is passed during an operation to scan the bar code on a cartridgebefore the operation succeeds. This flag is internally cleared when another barcode scanning operation is attempted.

Recovering from a UEFI update failureUse this information to recover from a UEFI update failure in the blade server.

The blade server has an advanced recovery feature that will automatically switchto a backup UEFI page if the UEFI code in the blade server has become damaged,such as from a power failure during an update. The flash memory of the bladeserver consists of a primary page and a backup page. If the UEFI code in theprimary page is damaged, the Integrated Management Module will detect the errorand automatically switch to the backup page to start the blade server. If thishappens, a POST message Booted from backup POST/BIOS image is displayed. Thebackup page version might not be the same as the primary page version.

You can then recover or restore the original primary page UEFI by using a UEFIflash diskette.

To recover the UEFI code and restore the blade server operation to the primarypage, complete the following steps:

Note: Changes are made periodically to the IBM Web site. The actual proceduremight vary slightly from what is described in this document.1. Go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.2. Under Product support, click BladeCenter.3. Under Popular links, click Software and device drivers.4. Click BladeCenter HS22 (7078, 1936) to display the matrix of downloadable

files for the blade server.5. Select and download the flash UEFI update for your operating environment.

210 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 223: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

6. Update the UEFI code, following the instructions that come with the update filethat you downloaded. This automatically restores and updates the primarypage.

7. Restart the blade server.

If that procedure fails, the blade server might not restart correctly or might notdisplay video. To manually restore the UEFI code, complete the following steps:1. Before you begin, read “Safety statements” on page viii and “Installation

guidelines” on page 45.2. Turn off the blade server (see “Turning off the blade server” on page 14).3. Remove the blade server from the BladeCenter unit (see “Removing the blade

server from the BladeCenter unit” on page 48).4. Remove the cover (see “Removing the blade server cover” on page 51).5. If an expansion unit is installed, remove it (see “Removing an optional

expansion unit” on page 53).6. Locate switch block SW1 on the system board (see “System-board switches”

on page 16).7. Move the UEFI backup page switch (SW1-5) to the On position to enable the

backup page.8. If you removed an optional expansion unit, replace it (see “Installing an

optional expansion unit” on page 54).9. Replace the cover and reinstall the blade server in the BladeCenter unit,

making sure that the media tray is selected by the relevant blade server. See“Closing the blade server cover” on page 52 and “Installing the blade serverin a BladeCenter unit” on page 49.

10. Insert the UEFI flash diskette into the diskette drive.11. Restart the blade server (see “Turning off the blade server” on page 14 and

“Turning on the blade server” on page 14). The system begins the power-onself-test (POST).

12. Select 1 - Update POST/BIOS from the menu that contains various flash(update) options.Attention: Do not type Y when you are prompted to back up the ROMlocation; doing so causes the damaged UEFI code to be copied into thebackup page.

13. When you are prompted whether you want to move the current POST/BIOSimage to the backup ROM location, type N.

14. When you are prompted whether you want to save the current code to adiskette, type N.

15. Select Update the BIOS.Attention: Do not restart the blade server at this time.

16. When the update is complete, remove the flash diskette from the diskettedrive.

17. Turn off the blade server and remove it from the BladeCenter unit (see“Turning off the blade server” on page 14 and “Removing the blade serverfrom the BladeCenter unit” on page 48).

18. Remove the cover of the blade server (see “Removing the blade server cover”on page 51).

19. If an expansion unit is installed, remove it (see “Removing an optionalexpansion unit” on page 53).

20. Move switch SW1-5 to Off to return to the normal startup mode.

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 211

Page 224: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

21. If you removed an optional expansion unit, replace it (see “Installing anoptional expansion unit” on page 54).

22. Replace the cover and reinstall the blade server in the BladeCenter unit. See“Closing the blade server cover” on page 52 and “Installing the blade serverin a BladeCenter unit” on page 49.

23. Restart the blade server (see “Turning on the blade server” on page 14).

Service processor (IMM) error codesUse this information to view the IMM error log.

The Integrated Management Module (IMM) log contains up to 512 of the mostrecent service processor errors, in IPMI format. These messages are a combinationof plain text and error-code numbers. You can view the IMM log from theConfiguration/Setup Utility menu by selecting Advanced Setup → IntegratedManagement Module(IMM) Settings → IMM System Event Log.

You can view additional information and error codes in plain text by viewing theAdvanced-Management-Module event log in your BladeCenter unit.

Solving SAS hard disk drive problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve SAS hard disk drive issues.

For any SAS error message, one or more of the following devices might be causingthe problem:v A failing SAS device (adapter, drive, or controller)v An incorrect SAS configuration

For any SAS error message, make sure that the SAS devices are configuredcorrectly.

Solving shared BladeCenter resource problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve shared BladeCenter resource issues.

Problems with BladeCenter shared resources might appear to be in the bladeserver. The following sections provide procedures to help you isolate blade serverproblems from shared BladeCenter resource problems. If the problem is thought tobe with a shared resource, see the Problem Determination and Service Guide for yourBladeCenter unit and other BladeCenter component documentation for additionalinformation. If the problem cannot be solved, see “Solving undeterminedproblems” on page 217.

To check the general function of shared BladeCenter resources, complete thefollowing tasks:v Make sure that:

– The BladeCenter unit has the required power modules and is connected to aworking power source.

– Power management has been correctly set for your BladeCenter unitconfiguration.

v Determine whether the problem is being experienced with more than one bladeserver. Perform a test of the function on a known-good blade server.

212 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 225: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

v Try the blade server in a different blade server bay.v Try a known-good blade server in the blade server bay.

Keyboard or mouse problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve keyboard and mouse issues.

To check for keyboard or mouse problems, complete the following steps until theproblem is solved:1. Make sure that:

v Both the blade server and the monitor are turned on.v The keyboard/video/mouse select button LED on the front of the blade

server is lit, indicating that the blade server is connected to the sharedkeyboard and mouse.

v The keyboard or mouse cable is securely connected to the active BladeCenterAdvanced Management Module.

v The keyboard or mouse works with another blade server.2. Check for correct Advanced-Management-Module operation (see the

documentation for your BladeCenter unit).

Note: Some BladeCenter unit types have several management-modulecomponents that might have to be tested or replaced (see the Installation Guidefor your Advanced Management Module for more information).

3. Replace the keyboard or mouse.4. Replace the Advanced Management Module (see the documentation for your

BladeCenter unit).

If these steps do not solve the problem, it is likely a problem with the blade server.See “Keyboard or mouse problems” on page 157.

Media tray problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve media tray issues for the bladeserver.

To check for problems with the media tray (removable media drives and USBports), complete the following steps until the problem is solved:1. Make sure that:

v The media-tray select button LED on the front of the blade server is lit,indicating that the blade server is connected to the shared media tray.

v The media tray devices work with another blade server.2. Determine whether the problem affects more than one media tray component:

v USB portsv Diskette drivev CD or DVD drive

3. For problems that affect only a USB port:a. Make sure that the USB device is operational. If you are using a USB hub,

make sure that the hub is operating correctly and that any software that thehub requires is installed. Connect the USB device directly to the USB port,bypassing the hub, to check its operation.

b. Reseat the following components:1) USB device cable2) Media tray cable (if applicable)

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 213

Page 226: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

3) Media trayc. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown,

restarting the blade server each time:1) USB cable (if applicable)2) Media tray cable (if applicable)3) Media tray

d. Continue with “Media tray problems” on page 213.4. For problems that affect only the diskette drive, make sure that:

a. The diskette is inserted correctly in the drive.b. The diskette is good and not damaged; the drive LED flashes once per

second when the diskette is inserted. (Try another diskette if you have one.)c. The diskette contains the necessary files to start the blade server.d. The software program is working correctly.e. The distance between monitors and diskette drives is at least 76 mm (3 in.).

5. For problems that affect only the CD or DVD drive, make sure that:a. The CD or DVD is inserted correctly in the drive. If necessary, insert the

end of a straightened paper clip into the manual tray-release opening toeject the CD or DVD. The drive LED light flashes once per second when theCD or DVD is inserted.

b. The CD or DVD is clean and not damaged. (Try another CD or DVD if youhave one.)

c. The software program is working properly.6. For problems that affect one or more of the removable media drives:

a. Reseat the following components:1) Removable-media drive cable (if applicable)2) Removable-media drive3) Media tray cable (if applicable)4) Media tray

b. Replace the following components one at a time, in the order shown,restarting the blade server each time:1) Removable-media drive cable (if applicable)2) Media tray cable (if applicable)3) Removable-media drive4) Media tray

7. Check for correct Advanced-Management-Module operation (see thedocumentation for your BladeCenter unit).

Note: Some BladeCenter unit types have several management-modulecomponents that might have to be tested or replaced (see the Installation Guidefor your Advanced Management Module for more information).

8. Replace the Advanced Management Module (see the documentation for yourBladeCenter unit).

If these steps do not solve the problem, it is likely a problem with the blade server.See “Removable-media drive problems” on page 168 or “Universal Serial Bus(USB) port problems” on page 171.

214 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 227: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Network connection problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve network connection issues with theblade server.

To check for network connection problems, complete the following steps until theproblem is solved:1. Make sure that:

v The network cables are securely connected to the I/O module.v Power configuration of the BladeCenter unit supports the I/O-module

configuration.v Installation of the I/O-module type is supported by the BladeCenter unit and

blade server hardware.v The I/O modules for the network interface that is being used are installed in

the correct BladeCenter I/O-module bays and are configured and operatingcorrectly.

v The settings in the I/O module are correct for the blade server (settings inthe I/O module are specific to each blade server).

2. Check for correct I/O-module operation; troubleshoot and replace the I/Omodule as indicated in the documentation for the I/O module.

3. Check for correct management-module operation (see the documentation foryour BladeCenter unit).

Note: Some BladeCenter unit types have several management-modulecomponents that might have to be tested or replaced (see the Installation Guidefor your Advanced Management Module for more information).

4. Replace the Advanced Management Module (see the documentation for yourBladeCenter unit).

If these steps do not solve the problem, it is likely a problem with the blade server.See “Network connection problems” on page 160.

Power problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve power issues with the blade server.

To check for power problems, make sure that:v The LEDs on all the BladeCenter power modules are lit.v Power is being supplied to the BladeCenter unit.v The BladeCenter unit support installation of the blade server type.v The BladeCenter unit has the correct power configuration to operate the blade

server bay where the blade server is installed (see the documentation for yourBladeCenter unit).

v The BladeCenter unit power-management configuration and status supportblade server operation (see the Advanced Management Module User's Guide or theManagement Module Command-Line Interface Reference Guide for information).

v Local power control for the blade server is correctly set (see the ManagementModule User's Guide or the Advanced Management Module Command-Line InterfaceReference Guide for information).

v The power-on LED on the blade server flashes slowly before you press thepower-control button.

Note: While the service processor in the blade server is initializing andsynchronizing with the management module, the power-on LED flashes rapidly,

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 215

Page 228: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

and the power-control button on the blade server does not respond. This processcan take approximately two minutes after the blade server has been installed.

v The BladeCenter unit blowers are correctly installed and operational.

If these procedures do not solve the problem, it is likely a problem with the bladeserver. See “Power error messages” on page 162 and “Power problems” on page165.

Video problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve video issues .

To check for video problems, complete the following steps until the problem issolved:1. Make sure that:

v Both the blade server and the monitor are turned on, and the monitorbrightness and contrast controls are correctly adjusted.

v The keyboard/video/mouse select button LED on the front of the bladeserver is lit, indicating that the blade server is connected to the sharedBladeCenter monitor.

v The video cable is securely connected to the BladeCenter AdvancedManagement Module. Non-IBM monitor cables might cause unpredictableproblems.

v The monitor works with another blade server.v Some IBM monitors have their own self-tests. If you suspect a problem with

the monitor, see the information that comes with the monitor for instructionsfor adjusting and testing the monitor. If the monitor self-tests show that themonitor is working correctly, consider the location of the monitor. Magneticfields around other devices (such as transformers, appliances, fluorescentlights, and other monitors) can cause screen jitter or wavy, unreadable,rolling, or distorted screen images. If this happens, turn off the monitor.Attention: Moving a color monitor while it is turned on might cause screendiscoloration.Move the device and the monitor at least 305 mm (12 in.) apart. Turn on themonitor. To prevent diskette drive read/write errors, make sure that thedistance between the monitor and any diskette drive is at least 76 mm (3 in.).

2. Check for correct Advanced-Management-Module operation (see thedocumentation for your BladeCenter unit).

Note: Some BladeCenter unit types have several management-modulecomponents that might have to be tested or replaced (see the Installation Guidefor your Advanced Management Module for more information).

3. Replace the monitor cable, if applicable.4. Replace the monitor.5. Replace the Advacned Management Module (see the documentation for your

BladeCenter unit).

If these steps do not solve the problem, it is likely a problem with the blade server.See “Monitor or video problems” on page 159.

216 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 229: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Solving undetermined problemsUse this information to diagnose and resolve undetermined issues with the bladeserver.

Note: When you are diagnosing a problem in the blade server, you mustdetermine whether the problem is in the blade server or in the BladeCenter unit.v If all of the blade servers have the same symptom, the problem is probably in

the BladeCenter unit. For more information, see the Hardware MaintenanceManual and Troubleshooting Guide or Problem Determination and Service Guide foryour BladeCenter unit.

v If the BladeCenter unit contains more than one blade server and only one of theblade servers has the problem, troubleshoot the blade server that has theproblem.

If the diagnostic tests did not diagnose the failure or if the blade server isinoperative, use the information in this section.

If you suspect that a software problem is causing failures (continuous orintermittent), see “Software problems” on page 170.

Damaged data in CMOS memory or damaged UEFI code can cause undeterminedproblems. To reset the CMOS data, remove and replace the battery to override thepower-on password and clear the CMOS memory; see “Removing the battery” onpage 86. If you suspect that the UEFI code is damaged, see “Recovering from aUEFI update failure” on page 210.

Check the LEDs on all the power supplies of the BladeCenter unit in which theblade server is installed. If the LEDs indicate that the power supplies are workingcorrectly and reseating the blade server does not correct the problem, complete thefollowing steps:1. Make sure that the control panel connector is correctly seated on the system

board (see “Blade server connectors” on page 15 for the location of theconnector).

2. If no LEDs on the control panel are working, replace the bezel assembly; then,try to turn on the blade server from the Advanced Management Module (seethe documentation for the BladeCenter unit and Advanced ManagementModule for more information).

3. Turn off the blade server.4. Remove the blade server from the BladeCenter unit and remove the cover.5. Remove or disconnect the following devices, one at a time, until you find the

failure. Reinstall, turn on, and reconfigure the blade server each time.v I/O expansion card.v Storage drives.v Memory modules. The minimum configuration requirement is 1 GB (two 512

MB DIMMs on the system board).The following minimum configuration is required for the blade server to start:v System boardv One microprocessorv Two 512 MB DIMMsv A functioning BladeCenter unit

Chapter 6. Diagnostics 217

Page 230: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

6. Install and turn on the blade server. If the problem remains, suspect thefollowing components in the following order:a. DIMMb. System boardc. Microprocessor

If the problem is solved when you remove an I/O expansion card from the bladeserver but the problem recurs when you reinstall the same card, suspect the I/Oexpansion card; if the problem recurs when you replace the card with a differentone, suspect the system board.

If you suspect a networking problem and the blade server passes all the systemtests, suspect a network cabling problem that is external to the system.

Problem determination tipsUse these tips to determine problems with the blade server.

Because of the variety of hardware and software combinations that you canencounter, use the following information to assist you in problem determination. Ifpossible, have this information available when you request assistance from IBM.v Machine type and modelv Microprocessor and hard disk drive upgradesv Failure symptoms

– Does the blade server fail the diagnostic tests?– What occurs? When? Where?– Does the failure occur on a single server or on multiple servers?– Is the failure repeatable?– Has this configuration ever worked?– What changes, if any, were made before the configuration failed?– Is this the original reported failure?

v Diagnostic program type and version levelv Hardware configuration (print screen of the system summary)v UEFI code levelv Operating-system type and version level

You can solve some problems by comparing the configuration and software setupsbetween working and nonworking servers. When you compare servers to eachother for diagnostic purposes, consider them identical only if all the followingfactors are exactly the same in all the blade servers:v Machine type and modelv UEFI levelv Adapters and attachments, in the same locationsv Address jumpers, terminators, and cablingv Software versions and levelsv Diagnostic program type and version levelv Configuration option settingsv Operating-system control-file setup

218 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 231: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Appendix. Getting help and technical assistance

Use this information to locate technical assistance for your blade server.

If you need help, service, or technical assistance or just want more informationabout IBM products, you will find a wide variety of sources available from IBM toassist you. This section contains information about where to go for additionalinformation about IBM and IBM products, what to do if you experience a problemwith your system, and whom to call for service, if it is necessary.

Before you callUse this information before you call Service and Support and report a problem.

Before you call, make sure that you have taken these steps to try to solve theproblem yourself:v Check all cables to make sure that they are connected.v Check the power switches to make sure that the system and any optional

devices are turned on.v Use the troubleshooting information in your system documentation, and use the

diagnostic tools that come with your system. Information about diagnostic toolsis in the Problem Determination and Service Guide on the IBM Documentation CDthat comes with your system.

v Go to the IBM support Web site at http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/ tocheck for technical information, hints, tips, and new device drivers or to submita request for information.

You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following thetroubleshooting procedures that IBM provides in the online help or in thedocumentation that is provided with your IBM product. The documentation thatcomes with IBM systems also describes the diagnostic tests that you can perform.Most systems, operating systems, and programs come with documentation thatcontains troubleshooting procedures and explanations of error messages and errorcodes. If you suspect a software problem, see the documentation for the operatingsystem or program.

Using the documentationUse this information for locating detailed information on using the documentation.

Information about your IBM system and preinstalled software, if any, or optionaldevice is available in the documentation that comes with the product. Thatdocumentation can include printed documents, online documents, readme files,and help files. See the troubleshooting information in your system documentationfor instructions for using the diagnostic programs. The troubleshooting informationor the diagnostic programs might tell you that you need additional or updateddevice drivers or other software. IBM maintains pages on the World Wide Webwhere you can get the latest technical information and download device driversand updates. To access these pages, go to http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/and follow the instructions. Also, some documents are available through the IBMPublications Center at http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order/.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 219

Page 232: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Getting help and information from the World Wide WebUse this information to find the latest information about IBM systems, optionaldevices, services, and support.

On the World Wide Web, the IBM Web site has up-to-date information about IBMsystems, optional devices, services, and support. The address for IBM System x®

and xSeries® information is http://www.ibm.com/systems/x/. The address forIBM BladeCenter information is http://www.ibm.com/systems/bladecenter/. Theaddress for IBM IntelliStation® information is http://www.ibm.com/intellistation/.

You can find service information for IBM systems and optional devices athttp://www.ibm.com/systems/support/.

Software service and supportUse this information to contact IBM service and support with questions about yourblade server.

Through IBM Support Line, you can get telephone assistance, for a fee, with usage,configuration, and software problems with System x and xSeries servers,BladeCenter products, IntelliStation workstations, and appliances. For informationabout which products are supported by Support Line in your country or region,see http://www.ibm.com/services/sl/products/.

For more information about Support Line and other IBM services, seehttp://www.ibm.com/services/, or see http://www.ibm.com/planetwide/ forsupport telephone numbers. In the U.S. and Canada, call 1-800-IBM-SERV(1-800-426-7378).

Hardware service and supportUse this contact information to order new equipment or request IBM servicesupport.

You can receive hardware service through IBM Services or through your IBMreseller, if your reseller is authorized by IBM to provide warranty service. Seehttp://www.ibm.com/planetwide/ for support telephone numbers, or in the U.S.and Canada, call 1-800-IBM-SERV (1-800-426-7378).

In the U.S. and Canada, hardware service and support is available 24 hours a day,7 days a week. In the U.K., these services are available Monday through Friday,from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.

220 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 233: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

IBM Taiwan product service

IBM Taiwan product service contact information:IBM Taiwan Corporation3F, No 7, Song Ren Rd.Taipei, TaiwanTelephone: 0800-016-888

Appendix. Getting help and technical assistance 221

Page 234: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

222 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 235: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Notices

Use these notices for IBM products and services offered in the U.S.A.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document inother countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on theproducts and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBMproduct, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBMproduct, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right maybe used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify theoperation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matterdescribed in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give youany license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:

IBM Director of LicensingIBM CorporationNorth Castle DriveArmonk, NY 10504-1785U.S.A.

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THISPUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHEREXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express orimplied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not applyto you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will beincorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvementsand/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in thispublication at any time without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided forconvenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Websites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBMproduct, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way itbelieves appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.

TrademarksUse this information to view the trademarks for various IBM supported products.

The following terms are trademarks of International Business MachinesCorporation in the United States, other countries, or both:

IBM FlashCopy TechConnectIBM (logo) i5/OS® Tivoli

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 223

Page 236: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Active Memory IntelliStation Tivoli EnterpriseActive PCI NetBAY Update ConnectorActive PCI-X Netfinity Wake on LANAIX PowerExecutive XA-32Alert on LAN Predictive Failure Analysis XA-64BladeCenter ServeRAID X-Architecture®

e-business logo ServerGuide XpandOnDemandeServer ServerProven xSeries

System x

Intel, Intel Xeon, Itanium, and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks ofIntel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.

Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT® are trademarks of Microsoft Corporationin the United States, other countries, or both.

Adobe® and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of AdobeSystems Incorporated in the United States, other countries, or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and othercountries.

Java and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in theUnited States, other countries, or both.

Adaptec and HostRAID are trademarks of Adaptec, Inc., in the United States, othercountries, or both.

Linux® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, othercountries, or both.

Red Hat, the Red Hat “Shadow Man” logo, and all Red Hat-based trademarks andlogos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., in the UnitedStates and other countries.

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks ofothers.

Important notesUse this information before installing the blade server.

Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor; otherfactors also affect application performance.

CD or DVD drive speed is the variable read rate. Actual speeds vary and are oftenless than the possible maximum.

When referring to processor storage, real and virtual storage, or channel volume,KB stands for 1024 bytes, MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes, and GB stands for1 073 741 824 bytes.

When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume, MB standsfor 1 000 000 bytes, and GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes. Total user-accessiblecapacity can vary depending on operating environments.

224 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 237: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of anystandard hard disk drives and population of all hard disk drive bays with thelargest currently supported drives that are available from IBM.

Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with anoptional memory module.

IBM makes no representation or warranties regarding non-IBM products andservices that are ServerProven, including but not limited to the implied warrantiesof merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. These products are offeredand warranted solely by third parties.

IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM products.Support (if any) for the non-IBM products is provided by the third party, not IBM.

Some software might differ from its retail version (if available) and might notinclude user manuals or all program functionality.

Notices 225

Page 238: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Particulate contaminationUse the particulates and gases specifications to create a safe operating environmentfor your blade server.

Attention: Airborne particulates (including metal flakes or particles) and reactivegases acting alone or in combination with other environmental factors such ashumidity or temperature might pose a risk to the server that is described in thisdocument. Risks that are posed by the presence of excessive particulate levels orconcentrations of harmful gases include damage that might cause the server tomalfunction or cease functioning altogether. This specification sets forth limits forparticulates and gases that are intended to avoid such damage. The limits must notbe viewed or used as definitive limits, because numerous other factors, such astemperature or moisture content of the air, can influence the impact of particulatesor environmental corrosives and gaseous contaminant transfer. In the absence ofspecific limits that are set forth in this document, you must implement practicesthat maintain particulate and gas levels that are consistent with the protection ofhuman health and safety. If IBM determines that the levels of particulates or gasesin your environment have caused damage to the server, IBM may conditionprovision of repair or replacement of servers or parts on implementation ofappropriate remedial measures to mitigate such environmental contamination.Implementation of such remedial measures is a customer responsibility.

Table 9. Limits for particulates and gases

Contaminant Limits

Particulate v The room air must be continuously filtered with 40% atmospheric dustspot efficiency (MERV 9) according to ASHRAE Standard 52.21.

v Air that enters a data center must be filtered to 99.97% efficiency orgreater, using high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters that meetMIL-STD-282.

v The deliquescent relative humidity of the particulate contamination mustbe more than 60%2.

v The room must be free of conductive contamination such as zincwhiskers.

Gaseous v Copper: Class G1 as per ANSI/ISA 71.04-19853

v Silver: Corrosion rate of less than 300 Å in 30 days1ASHRAE 52.2-2008 - Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for RemovalEfficiency by Particle Size. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating andAir-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.

2The deliquescent relative humidity of particulate contamination is the relative humidity atwhich the dust absorbs enough water to become wet and promote ionic conduction.

3ANSI/ISA-71.04-1985. Environmental conditions for process measurement and control systems:Airborne contaminants. Instrument Society of America, Research Triangle Park, NorthCarolina, U.S.A.

226 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 239: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Electronic emission noticesUse this information to check the electronic emission notices.

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) statement

Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for aClass A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits aredesigned to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when theequipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates,uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used inaccordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radiocommunications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to causeharmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct theinterference at his own expense.

Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order tomeet FCC emission limits. IBM is not responsible for any radio or televisioninterference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or byunauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changesor modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Avis de conformité à la réglementation d'Industrie Canada

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 duCanada.

Australia and New Zealand Class A statement

Attention: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product maycause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequatemeasures.

United Kingdom telecommunications safety requirement

Notice to Customers

This apparatus is approved under approval number NS/G/1234/J/100003 forindirect connection to public telecommunication systems in the United Kingdom.

European Union EMC Directive conformance statement

This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU CouncilDirective 2004/108/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member Statesrelating to electromagnetic compatibility. IBM cannot accept responsibility for any

Notices 227

Page 240: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a nonrecommendedmodification of the product, including the fitting of non-IBM option cards.

This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class AInformation Technology Equipment according to CISPR 22/European Standard EN55022. The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial andindustrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference withlicensed communication equipment.

Attention: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product maycause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequatemeasures.

European Community contact:IBM Technical RegulationsPascalstr. 100, Stuttgart, Germany 70569Telephone: 0049 (0)711 785 1176Fax: 0049 (0)711 785 1283E-mail: [email protected]

Taiwanese Class A warning statement

Chinese Class A warning statement

Japanese Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI)statement

228 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 241: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Korean Class A Warning Statement

Notices 229

Page 242: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

230 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 243: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

Index

Aadvanced configuration settings 20Advanced Management Module

(AMM) 36advanced management module event

log 91Advanced Settings Utility (ASU) 35advanced setup 20array, SAS 58ASM event log 91assertion event, system-event log 91assistance, getting 219

Bbattery

replacing 86battery, removing 86bezel assembly

installing 75BIOS update failure 210blade filler 49blade handle

installing 56removing 55

blade serverinstalling 49removing 48

blade server coverclosing 52opening 51

blade server parts 39BladeCenter HS22

specifications 9blank screen 159boot block recovery switch 17Boot Menu program 23Broadcom Ethernet device error codes

405-002-xxx 192405-003-xxx 192405-903-xxx 192405-904-xxx 192

buttonskeyboard/video/mouse 11media-tray select 11power-control 11

CCFFh expansion card

I/O expansion card 66, 70check out procedure 154checkout procedure 154

performing 154CIOv-form-factor expansion card

I/O expansion card 65, 69installing 69removing 65

Class A electronic emission notice 227code updates 3

collecting data 1compact-form-factor expansion card

I/O expansion card 66, 70installing 70removing 66

componentssystem board 15

configurationConfiguration/Setup Utility 19minimum 217PXE Boot Agent Utility program 19Setup utility 19with ServerGuide 30

configuringGigabit Ethernet controller 33RAID array 34UEFI compatible devices 33

configuring a RAID array 34configuring your blade server 19configuring your server 26connectors 15

I/O expansion card 15memory 15microprocessor 15SAS hard disk drives 15system board 15

contamination, particulate 226control panel

installing 77removing 76supported 77

controllerenable or disable Ethernet 20enable or disable SCSI 20

coverclosing 52opening 51

CPU stress test error codes089-801-xxx 193089-802-xxx 193089-901-xxx 193

Ddata collection 1date and time 20deassertion event, system-event log 91debug serial port select switch 16description

SW1 - 2 system board switch 16SW1 - 3 system board switch 16SW1 - 4 system board switch 16SW1 - 5 system board switch 17SW1 - 6 system board switch 17SW1 - 7 system board switch 17SW1 - 8 system board switch 17SW1- 1 system board switch 16SW3 system board switch 17

devices and I/O ports 20

diagnosticerror codes

000 179195 179197 179

programs, overview 176programs, starting 177text message format 178

diagnostic error codes 154diagnostic text messages

aborted 178failed 178not applicable 178passed 178user aborted 178warning 178

diagnostic tools 89diagnostics 89DIMM. 60disabling USB in-band interface

from Advanced Management Module(AMM) 36

from IMM 36display problems 159documentation, related 8drive

connectors 15option, SAS 58

DSA log 91DSA preboot diagnostic program 176

Eelectronic emission Class A notice 227electronic emission notices 227error codes

CPU stress test 193error codes and messages

diagnostic 179POST/BIOS 135SAS 212

error LEDs 172error log 89error logs

IMM event 91viewing 91

error messagesfront panel cable is not connected to

system board 93high-speed expansion card fault 93I/O board fault 93IMM 93

error symptomsgeneral 155intermittent 156monitor 159optional devices 161software 170storage drive 156USB port 171video 159

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2010 231

Page 244: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

errors201-811-xxx 196201-812-xxx 196201-815-xxx 196201-818-xxx 196201-819-xxx 196201-877-xxx 196201-878-xxx 196201-885-xxx 196201-886-xxx 196201-894-xxx 196201-899-xxx 196201-901-xxx 196210-000-000 196215-000-xxx 203215-801-xxx 203215-802-xxx 203215-803-xxx 203215-901-xxx 203215-902-xxx 203215-903-xxx 203215-904-xxx 203BIOS update 210Broadcom Ethernet device error

codes 192DIMM x error 174format, diagnostic code 178IMM 212keyboard and mouse 213light path diagnostic LEDs 174LP1 174LP2 174media tray 213memory 158memory self tests 196messages, diagnostic 176microprocessor error 174network connection 160, 215NMI 174optical drive self tests 203optional device problems 161POST error codes

001100A 135005100A 135005800A 13500580A1 13500580A2 13500580A3 13500580A4 13500580A5 13510002 13511000 13511002 13511004 1352010000 1352010001 1352018001 1352018002 1352018003 1353000007 1353008000 1353008001 1353008002 1353008003 1353008004 1353008005 1353018000 135

errors (continued)POST error codes (continued)

3018001 1353018002 1353018003 1353048005 1353048006 1353138002 13550001 13551002 13551003 13551006 13551009 13558001 13558004 13558006 13558007 13558009 13568001 13568002 13568003 135

power 165power error messages 162removable-media drive 168S BRD 174SAS storage drive error 174service processor 170, 212shared resource problems 212software 170storage drive self tests

217-000-000 209217-800-xxx 209217-900-xxx 209

tape alert flagsflag 13 209flag 14 209flag 15 209flag 16 209flag 2 209flag 23 209flag 4 209

Temp 174UEFI update 210USB port 171video problems 216

European Union EMC Directiveconformance statement 227

event log 89event logs 91exit configuration utility 20expansion unit

removing 53

FFCC Class A notice 227features

ServerGuide 30filler

blade 48microprocessor heat sink 46

filler, blade 49firmware updates 32force H8 update switch 17forgotten power-on password,

bypassing 23

Ggetting help 219getting help and information from the

World Wide Web 220Gigabit Ethernet controller

configuring 33grease, thermal 83guidelines for servicing electrical

equipment viiguidelines for trained service

technicians vi

Hhard disk drive

connectors 15hot swap, installing 58problems 156

hardware problems 89hardware service and support 220help, getting 219hot-swap hard disk drive

removing 57hot-swap storage device

SAS hard disk drive 58

II/O expansion card

CFFh 66, 70CIOv-form-factor expansion card 65,

69compact-form-factor expansion

card 66, 70connectors 15

I/O-expansion cardsinstalling 69removing 65

IBM Support Line 220ICH9 RTC reset switch 16IMM

LAN over USB 35self-test error codes 180

IMM controller settings 20IMM CPU reset switch 17IMM error codes 212IMM error log 212

viewing from Setup utility 91IMM error messages 93IMM event log 91IMM self test error codes

166-901-xxx 180166-902-xxx 180166-903-xxx 180166-904-xxx 180166-905-xxx 180166-906-xxx 180166-907-xxx 180166-908-xxx 180166-909-xxx 180166-910-xxx 180166-911-xxx 180166-912-xxx 180

inspecting for unsafe conditions viinstallation order for memory

modules 60

232 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 245: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

installingbezel assembly 75blade handle 56blade server 49CFFh 70CIOv-form-factor expansion card 69compact-form-factor expansion

card 70control panel 77hot-swap hard disk drives 58I/O-expansion cards 69memory module 60optional expansion unit 54options 45SAS hard disk drive 58storage interface card 71system-board assembly 85USB Flash key 64

installing the battery 87installing the blade handle 56integrated functions 9integrated management module event

log 91intermittent problems 154, 156IPMI event log 91

Jjittery screen 159

LLAN over USB

conflicts 35description 35Linux driver 38manual configuration of 36settings 35Windows driver 37Windows IPMI device driver 36

LAN over USB Linux driver 38LAN over USB Windows driver 37LEDs

activity 11blade-error 11error, locations 172information 11light path diagnostics, viewing

without power 172light path, locations 172location 11power-on 11system board 18

light path diagnostics 172Light path diagnostics 89light path diagnostics LEDs 174light path diagnostics panel 18light path diagnostics switch 17light path LED locations 172load default settings 20LSI logic configuration utility program

description 19LSI Logic Configuration Utility

program 34

Mmedia tray errors 213media-tray select button 11memory

configuration changes 60specifications 9

memory moduleinstalling 60order of installation 60removing 59specifications 9supported 9, 60

memory problems 158memory settings 20messages

diagnostic 176microprocessor

connectors 15heat sink 82install guidelines 81removal guidelines 78specifications 9

microprocessor options 20microprocessor problems 154minimum configuration 217monitor problems 159

Nnetwork connection problems 160, 215Network operating system (NOS)

installationwith ServerGuide 31

NOS installationwithout ServerGuide 31

notes, important 224notices 223

electronic emission 227FCC, Class A 227

Oonline service request 5opening the blade server cover 51operating system

installing 31option

installing 45optional expansion unit

installing 54order of installation for memory

modules 60

Pparticulate contamination 226parts listing 39, 40password

power-on 23password override switch 16PCI bus control settings 20POST

about 90error log 91

POST event log 91

POST/BIOS error codes 135power errors 162power problems 165power-on password 23Preboot eXecution Environment (PXE)

option 20disabling 20enabling 20

problem determination tips 218problems

general 155hardware 89intermittent 156keyboard 157memory 158monitor 159mouse 157network connection 160optional devices 161POST/BIOS 135power 165service processor 170software 170storage drive 156undetermined 217USB port 171video 159

processor summary information 20product data 20publications

related 8PXE boot agent utility program 19

using 32

Rrecovering from a BIOS failure 210recovering from a UEFI failure 210redundant array of independent disks

(RAID)SAS array 58

related documentation 8remote console redirection 20removable-media drive

errors 168removing

bezel assembly 74blade handle 55blade server 48CFFh 66CIOv-form-factor expansion card 65compact-form-factor expansion

card 66control panel 76hot-swap hard disk drive 57I/O-expansion cards 65memory module 59SAS controller 67storage interface card 67USB Flash key 63

removing a microprocessor and heatsink 78

removing and replacing blade servercomponents

field replaceable unit (FRU) 45Tier 1 CRU 45Tier 2 CRU 45

Index 233

Page 246: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

removing and replacing consumableparts 86

removing and replacing CRUs 51removing and replacing FRUs 78removing the bezel assembly 74removing the blade handle 55replacing

battery 86system-board assembly 84thermal grease 83

restore settings 20returning a device or component 47

Ssafety statements viiiSAS

arraytype supported 58

SAS error messages 212SAS hard disk drive

hot-swap storage device 58installing 58

save settings 20screen jitter 159SCSI 58Serial Attached SCSI (SAS)

hard disk driveconnectors 15

hot-swap hard disk driveinstalling 58

ServerGuideerror symptoms 169features 30network operating system (NOS)

installation 31using 29

service bulletins 4service processor error codes 212service processor problems 170service request, online 5setup

with ServerGuide 30Setup utility 19, 26software problems 170software service and support 220solving problems 154specifications

BladeCenter HS22 9start options 20starting the blade server 14startup sequence options 20startup sequence, setting 20static electricity 46static-sensitive devices, handling 46stopping the blade server 14storage drive

connectors 15problems 156

storage interface card 67installing 71removing 67SAS controller 67

support, web site 219SW1 - 2 system board switch

description 16

SW1 - 3 system board switchdescription 16

SW1 - 4 system board switchdescription 16

SW1 - 5 system board switchdescription 17

SW1 - 6 system board switchdescription 17

SW1 - 7 system board switchdescription 17

SW1 - 8 system board switchdescription 17

SW1-1 system board switchdescription 16

SW3 system board switchdescription 17

system boardLEDs 18switches 16

system board layouts 15system information 20system MAC addresses 20system reliability 46system security 20system summary information 20system-board assembly

replacement 84system-board connectors 15system-event log 91

Ttelephone numbers 220thermal grease, replacing 83thermal material

heat sink 81TPM physical presence switch 16trademarks 223troubleshooting

Light path diagnostics 89Problem isolation tables 89

troubleshooting procedures 4troubleshooting tables 155turning off the blade server 14turning on the blade server 14

UUEFI compatible devices

configuring 33UEFI update failure 210unable to communicate 160undetermined problems 217undocumented problems 5United States electronic emission Class A

notice 227United States FCC Class A notice 227Universal Serial Bus (USB) problems 171universal unique identifier, updating 23UpdateXpress 3updating

universal unique identifier 23updating firmware 32updating the DMI/SMBIOS data 26

Setup utility 26

USB Flash keyinstalling 64removing 63supported 64

USB in-band interface, disabling 36utility

PXE boot agent program, using 32Setup utility 19Setup Utility 19

Vvideo problems 159viewing event logs 92viewing the test log 179

Wweb site

publication ordering 219support 219support line, telephone numbers 220

Web siteServerGuide 29

Windows IPMI device driver 36WOL disable switch 17wrong characters 159

234 BladeCenter HS22 Type 7870 and 1936: Problem Determination and Service Guide

Page 247: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22
Page 248: Huong Dan Khac Phuc Su Co - Blade Center HS22

����

Part Number: 60Y1566

Printed in USA

(1P) P/N: 60Y1566